Quantcast
Channel: New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 2871 articles
Browse latest View live

SY-008

$
0
0

Acetic acid;(2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-[[4-[[4-[(E)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-2-yl)but-1-enyl]-2-methylphenyl]methyl]-5-propan-2-yl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]oxy]-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol.png

SY-008

CAS 1878218-66-6

FREE FORM 1480443-32-0

SGLT1 inhibitor (type 2 diabetes),

β-D-Glucopyranoside, 4-[[4-[(1E)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)-1-buten-1-yl]-2-methylphenyl]methyl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, acetate (1:1)

acetic acid;(2S,3R,4S,5S,6R)-2-[[4-[[4-[(E)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-2-yl)but-1-enyl]-2-methylphenyl]methyl]-5-propan-2-yl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl]oxy]-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxane-3,4,5-triol

4-{4-[(1E)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-1-en-1-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside acetate

MF H50 N4 O6 . C2 H4 O2

MW 58.8 g/mol,C35H54N4O8

Originator Eli Lilly

  • Developer Eli Lilly; Yabao Pharmaceutical Group
  • Class Antihyperglycaemics; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Sodium-glucose transporter 1 inhibitors
  • Phase I Diabetes mellitus
  • 28 Aug 2018 No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Diabetes-mellitus in Singapore (PO)
  • 24 Jun 2018 Biomarkers information updated
  • 12 Mar 2018 Phase-I clinical trials in Diabetes mellitus (In volunteers) in China (PO) (NCT03462589)
  • Eli Lilly is developing SY 008, a sodium glucose transporter 1 (SGLT1) inhibitor, for the treatment of diabetes mellitus. The approach of inhibiting SGLT1 could be promising because it acts independently of the beta cell and could be effective in both early and advanced stages of diabetes. Reducing both glucose and insulin may improve the metabolic state and potentially the health of beta cells, without causing weight gain or hypoglycaemia. Clinical development is underway in Singapore and China.

    As at August 2018, no recent reports of development had been identified for phase-I development in Diabetes-mellitus in Singapore (PO).

Suzhou Yabao , under license from  Eli Lilly , is developing SY-008 , an SGLT1 inhibitor, for the potential oral capsule treatment of type 2 diabetes in China. By April 2019, a phase Ia trial was completed

PATENT

WO 2013169546

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2013169546&recNum=43&docAn=US2013039164&queryString=EN_ALL:nmr%20AND%20PA:(ELI%20LILLY%20AND%20COMPANY)%20&maxRec=4416

The present invention is in the field of treatment of diabetes and other diseases and disorders associated with hyperglycemia. Diabetes is a group of diseases that is characterized by high levels of blood glucose. It affects approximately 25 million people in the United States and is also the 7th leading cause of death in U.S. according to the 201 1 National Diabetes Fact Sheet (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). Sodium-coupled glucose cotransporters (SGLT’s) are one of the transporters known to be responsible for the absorption of carbohydrates, such as glucose. More specifically, SGLTl is responsible for transport of glucose across the brush border membrane of the small intestine. Inhibition of SGLTl may result in reduced absorption of glucose in the small intestine, thus providing a useful approach to treating diabetes.

U.S. Patent No. 7,655,632 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives with human SGLTl inhibitory activity which are further disclosed as useful for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes. In addition, WO 201 1/039338 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives with SGLT1/SGLT2 inhibitor activity which are further disclosed as being useful for treatment of bone diseases, such as osteoporosis.

There is a need for alternative drugs and treatment for diabetes. The present invention provides certain novel inhibitors of SGLTl which may be suitable for the treatment of diabetes.

Accordingly, the present invention provides a compound of Formula II:

Preparation 1

Synthesis of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol.

Scheme 1, step A: Add borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (0.2 mol, 200 mL, 1.0 M solution) to a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (39 g, 0.18 mol) in

tetrahydrofuran (200 mL). After 18 hours at room temperature, remove the solvent under the reduced pressure to give a solid. Purify by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a white solid (32.9 g, 0.16 mol). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.55 (s, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 3H).

Alternative synthesis of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol.

Borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (2M in THF; 1 16 mL, 0.232 mol) is added slowly to a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (24.3 g, 0.1 13 mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (THF, 146 mL) at 3 °C. After stirring cold for 10 min the cooling bath is removed and the reaction is allowed to warm slowly to ambient temperature. After 1 hour, the solution is cooled to 5°C, and water (100 mL) is added slowly. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) is added and the phases are separated. The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (200 mL) and dried over Na2S04. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gives a residue which is purified by filtration through a short pad of silica eluting with 15% ethyl acetate/iso-hexane to give the title compound (20.7 g, 91.2% yield). MS (m/z): 183/185 (M+l-18).

Preparation 2

Synthesis of 4-bromo- l-2-methyl-benzene.

Scheme 1, step B: Add thionyl chloride (14.31 mL, 0.2 mol,) to a solution of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol (32.9 g, 0.16 mol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) and

-Cl-

dimethylformamide (0.025 mol, 2.0 mL) at 0°C. After 1 hour at room temperature pour the mixture into ice-water (100 g), extract with dichloromethane (300 mL), wash extract with 5% aq. sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and brine (200 mL), dry over sodium sulfate, and concentrate under reduced pressure to give the crude title compound as a white solid (35.0 g, 0.16 mol). The material is used for the next step of reaction without further purification. XH NMR (CDC13): δ 2.38 (s, 3H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.35 (m, 3H).

Alternative synthesis of 4-bromo- 1 -chloromethyl-2-methyl-benzene. Methanesulfonyl chloride (6.83 mL, 88.3 mmol) is added slowly to a solution of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol (16.14 g, 80.27 mmol) and triethylamine (16.78 mL; 120.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (80.7 mL) cooled in ice/water. The mixture is allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature and is stirred for 16 hours. Further

methanesulfonyl chloride (1.24 mL; 16.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Water (80mL) is added and the phases are separated. The organic layer is washed with hydrochloric acid (IN; 80 mL) then saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (80 mL), then water (80 mL), and is dried over Na2S04. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gives a residue which is purified by flash chromatography (eluting with hexane) to give the title compound (14.2 g; 80.5% yield). XH NMR (300.1 1 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.36-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Preparation 3

Synthesis of 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol.

Scheme 1, step C: Add sodium hydride (8.29 g, 0.21 mol, 60% dispersion in oil) to a solution of methyl 4-methyl-3-oxovalerate (27.1 mL, 0.19 mol) in tetrahydrofuran at 0°C. After 30 min at room temperature, add a solution of 4-bromo- l-chloromethyl-2-methyl-benzene (35.0 g, 0.16 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL). Heat the resulting mixture at 70 °C overnight (18 hours). Add 1.0 M HC1 (20 mL) to quench the reaction.

Extract with ethyl acetate (200 mL), wash extract with water (200 rnL) and brine (200 mL), dry over a2S04, filter and concentrate under reduced pressure. Dissolve the resulting residue in toluene (200 mL) and add hydrazine monohydrate (23.3 mL, 0.48 mol). Heat the mixture at 120 °C for 2 hours with a Dean-Stark apparatus to remove water. Cool and remove the solvent under the reduced pressure, dissolve the residue with dichloromethane (50 mL) and methanol (50 mL). Pour this solution slowly to a beaker with water (250 mL). Collect the resulting precipitated product by vacuum filtration. Dry in vacuo in an oven overnight at 40 °C to yield the title compound as a solid (48.0 g, 0.16 mol). MS (m/z): 311.0 (M+l), 309.0 (M-l).

Alternative synthesis of 4-r(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl1-5-isopropyl- !H-pyrazol- 3-oL

A solution of 4-bromo- 1 -chloromethyl-2-methyl-benzene (13.16 g, 59.95 mmoles) in acetonitrile (65.8 mL) is prepared. Potassium carbonate (24.86 g, 179.9 mmol), potassium iodide (1 1.94 g, 71.94 mmol) and methyl 4-methyl-3-oxo valerate (8.96 mL; 62.95 mmol) are added. The resulting mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. Hydrochloric acid (2N) is added to give pH 3. The solution is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml), the organic phase is washed with brine (100 ml) and dried over Na2S04. The mixture is filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in toluene (65.8 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (13.7 mL, 0.180 mol) is added. The resulting mixture is heated to reflux and water is removed using a Dean and Stark apparatus. After 3 hours the mixture is cooled to 90 °C and additional hydrazine monohydrate (13.7 mL; 0.180 mol) is added and the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 hour. The mixture is cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid is triturated with water (200 mL), filtered and dried in a vacuum oven over P2O5 at 60°C. The solid is triturated in iso-hexane (200 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (14.3 g; 77.1% yield). MS (m/z): 309/31 1 (M+l).

Preparation 4

Synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra- O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 1, step D: To a 1L flask, add 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (20 g, 64.7 mmol), alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide tetrabenzoate (50 g, 76 mmol), benzyltributylammonium chloride (6 g, 19.4 mmol), dichloromethane (500 mL), potassium carbonate (44.7 g, 323 mmol) and water (100 mL). Stir the reaction mixture overnight at room temperature. Extract with dichloromethane (500mL). Wash extract with water (300 mL) and brine (500 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (37 g, 64 mmol). MS (ml 2): 889.2 (M+l), 887.2 (M-l).

Preparation 5

Synthesis of 4- {4-[( lis)-4-hydroxybut- 1 -en- 1 -yl]-2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- 1H- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 1, step E: Add 3-buten-l-ol (0.58 mL, 6.8 mmol) to a solution of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (3 g, 3.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (20 mL). Degas the solution with nitrogen over 10 minutes. Add tri-o-tolylphosphine (205 mg, 0.67 mmol) and palladium acetate (76 mg, 0.34 mmol). Reflux at 90 °C for 2 hours. Cool to room temperature and concentrate to remove the solvent under the reduced pressure. Purify the residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (2.1 g, 2.4 mmol). MS (m/z): 878.4 (M+l).

Preparation 6

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 1, step F: Add 3,3,3-triacetoxy-3-iodophthalide (134 mg, 0.96 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-hydroxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (280 mg, 0.32 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (133.8 mg, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0 °C. After 15 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (270 mg, 0.31 mmol). MS (m/z): 876.5 (M+l), 874.5 (M-l).

Preparation 7

Synthesis of tert-butyl 2- {(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Scheme 1, step G: Add sodium triacetoxyborohydride (98 mg, 0.46 mmol) to a solution of 4- {4-[(lis)-4-oxybut- 1 -en-1 -yl]-2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (270 mg, 0.31 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (179 mg, 0.62 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL). After 30 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL), dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (275 mg, 0.25 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1115.6 (M+1).

Preparation 8

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2- methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D- glucopyranoside dihydrochloride.

Scheme 1, step H: Add hydrogen chloride (4.0 M solution in 1,4-dioxane, 0.6 mL, 2.4 mmol) to a solution of tert-butyl 2-{(3is)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (275 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL). After overnight (18 hours) at room temperature, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to yield the title compound as a solid (258 mg, 0.24 mmol). MS (m/z): 1015.6 (M+l).

Example 1

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2- methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 1, step I: Add sodium hydroxide (0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 M solution) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride (258 mg, 0.24 mmol) in methanol (2 mL). After 2 hours at 40 °C, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to give a residue, which is purified by preparative HPLC method: high pH, 25% B for 4 min, 25-40 B % for 4 min @ 85 mL/min using a 30 x 75 mm, 5 um C18XBridge ODB column, solvent A – 1¾0 w NH4HCO3 @ pH 10, solvent B – MeCN to yield the title compound as a solid (46 mg, 0.08 mmol). MS (m/z): 598.8 (M+l), 596.8 (M-l).

 Preparation 9

Synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra- O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 2, step A: To a 1 L flask, add 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (24 g, 77.6 mmol), 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (50.4 g, 116 mmol), benzyltributylammomum chloride (5 g, 15.5 mmol), dichloromethane (250 mL), potassium carbonate (32 g, 323 mmol) and water (120 mL). Stir the reaction mixture overnight at room temperature. Extract with dichloromethane (450 mL). Wash extract with water (300 mL) and brine (500 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (36.5 g, 57 mmol). MS (m/z): 638.5 (M+l), 636.5 (M-l).

Alternative synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Reagents 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (24.0 g, 77.6 mmol), 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (50.4 g, 116 mmol), benzyltributylammonium chloride (4.94 g, 15.52 mmol), potassium carbonate

(32.18 g, 232.9 mmol), dichloromethane (250 mL) and water (120 mL) are combined and the mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture is partitioned between dichloromethane (250 mL) and water (250 mL). The organic phase is washed with brine (250 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to 70% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to give the title compound (36.5 g, 74% yield). MS (m/z): 639/641 (M+l).

Preparation 10

Synthesis of 4- {4-[( lis)-4-hydroxybut- 1 -en- 1 -yl]-2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- 1H- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 2, step B: Add 3-buten-l-ol (6.1 mL, 70 mmol) to a solution of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (15 g, 23.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) and triethylamine (50 mL). Degas the solution with nitrogen over 10 minutes. Add tri-o-tolylphosphine (1.43 g, 4.7 mmol) and palladium acetate (526 mg, 2.35 mmol). After refluxing at 90 °C for 2 hours, cool, and concentrate to remove the solvent under the reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (7.5 g, 11.9 mmol). MS (m/z): 631.2 (M+l), 629.2 (M-l).

Preparation 11

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 2, step C: Add 3,3,3-triacetoxy-3-iodophthalide (2.1g, 4.76 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-hydroxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside ( 1.5 g, 2.38 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (2 g, 23.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 °C. After 15 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL), wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (0.95 g, 1.51 mmol). MS (m/z): 628.8(M+1), 626.8 (M-l).

Preparation 12

Synthesis of tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0- acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Scheme 2, Step D: Add sodium triacetoxyborohydride (303 mg, 1.4 mmol) to a solution of 4- {4-[(lis)-4-oxybut- 1 -en-1 -yl]-2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (600 mg, 0.95 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (333 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (30 mL). After 30 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (60 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (60 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (500 mg, 0.58 mmol).

MS (m/z): 866.8, 867.8 (M+l), 864.8, 865.8 (M-l).

Preparation 13

Synthesis oftert-butyl 2-{(3E)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,8- diazaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate.

The title compound is prepared essentially by the method of Preparation 12. S (m/z): 852.8, 853.6 (M+l), 850.8, 851.6 (M-l).

Preparation 14

Synthesis oftert-butyl 9-{(3E)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-3,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-3-carboxylate.

The title compound is prepared essentially by the method of Preparation 12. S (m/z): 866.8, 867.6 (M+l), 864.8, 865.6 (M-l).

Preparation 15

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2- methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D- glucopyranoside dihydrochloride.

Scheme 2, step E: Add hydrogen chloride (4.0 M solution in 1,4-dioxane, 1.5 mL, 5.8 mmol) to a solution of tert-butyl 2-{(3£)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]- lH-pyrazol-4-yl} methyl)phenyl]but-3 -en- 1 -yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (500 mg, 0.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). After 2 hours at room temperature, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to yield the title compound as a solid (480 mg, 0.57 mmol).

MS (m/z): 767.4 (M+l).

Preparation 16

Synthesis of 4-{4-[(lE)-4-(2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5- (propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside

dihydrochloride.

The title compound is prepared essentially by the method of Preparation 15. MS (m/z): 752.8, 753.8 (M+1), 750.8 (M-1).

First alternative synthesis of Example 1

First alternative synthesis of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en- 2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 2, step F: Add methanol (5 mL), triethylamine (3 mL), and water (3 mL) to 4-{4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride (480 mg, 0.24 mmol). After 18 hours (overnight) at room temperature, concentrate to dryness under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by preparative HPLC method: high pH, 25% B for 4 min, 25-40 B % for 4 min @ 85 mL/min using a 30 x 75 mm, 5 urn C18XBridge ODB column, solvent A – H20 w NH4HCO3 @ pH 10, solvent B – MeCN to yield the title compound as a solid (50 mg, 0.08 mmol).

MS (m/z): 598.8 (M+1), 596.8 (M-1). 1H MR (400.31 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.11 (d, J=1.3

Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J=1.3,8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (dt, J= 15.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J= 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H) , 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.72 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 4H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 6H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.26 ( broad s, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 2H), 1.1 1 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H).

Example 2

Synthesis of 4- {4-[(lE)-4-(2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-2-yl)but-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbi

(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

O H

The title compound is prepared essentially by the method of the first alternative synthesis of Example 1. MS (m/z): 584.7 (M+l), 582.8 (M-l).

Example 3

Synthesis of 4- {4-[( 1 E)-4-(3 ,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3 -yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl]-2- methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

The title compound is prepared essentially by first treating the compound of Prearation 14 with HC1 as discussed in Preparation 15 then treating the resulting hydrochloride salt with triethyl amine as discussed in the first alternative synthesis of Example 1. MS (m/z): 598.8, 599.8 (M+l), 596.8, 597.8 (M-l).

Example 1 Preparation 17

Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-but-3- nyl-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Scheme 3, step A: Cesium carbonate (46.66 g, 143.21 mmol) is added to a suspension of tert-butyl 4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (16.66 g, 57.28 mmoles) in acetonitrile (167 mL). The mixture is stirred for 10 minutes at ambient temperature then 4-bromobutyne (6.45 mL, 68.74 mmol) is added. The reaction is heated to reflux and stirred for 18 hours. The mixture is cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL). The phases are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with water (200 mL), then brine (150 mL), dried over MgSC^, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (17.2 g, 98% yield). iH MR (300.11 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.43-3.31 (m, 4H),

2.53-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.29 (m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 2H), 1.94 (t, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 17H).

Preparation 18

Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-[(£)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)but-3-enyl]- 4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Scheme 3, step B: Triethylamine (5.62 mmoles; 0.783 mL), 4,4,5, 5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (8.56 mL, 59.0 mmol) and zirconocene chloride (1.45 g, 5.62 mmoles) are added to tert-butyl 4-but-3-ynyl-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (17.21 g, 56.16 mmoles). The resulting mixture is heated to 65 °C for 3.5 hours. The mixture is cooled and dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL). The resulting solution is passed through a ~4cm thick pad of silica gel, eluting with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (21.2 g, 87% yield), !H NMR (300.1 1 MHz, CDC13): δ 6.65-6.55 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.43 (m, 1H),

3.42-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.27 (m, 6H), 2.25-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.70 – 1.13 (m, 29H).

Preparation 19

Synthesis of tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-beta-D- glucopyranosyl)oxy]- lH-pyrazol-4-yl} methyl)phenyl]but-3 -en- 1 -yl} -2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Scheme 3, step C: A solution of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (20 g, 31.3 mmol), tert-butyl 4-[(£)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)but-3-enyl]-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (16.3 g, 37.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (12.97 g, 93.82 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) and water (40 mL) is degassed for 15 min by bubbling nitrogen gas through it. Pd(OAc)2 (140 mg, 625 μιηοΐ) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-tri-i-propyl-l, r-biphenyl (0.596 g, 1.25 mmol) are added and the reaction is heated to reflux for 16 h. The solution is cooled to ambient temperature and methanol (200 mL) is added. After 30 minutes the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The mixture is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and brine (500 ml) adding aqueous MgS04 (1M; 500 ml) to aid the phase separation. The layers are separated and the organic layer is dried over MgS04 and filtered through a 10 cm pad of silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate (-1.5 L). The filtrate is discarded and the silica pad is flushed with 5% MeOH in THF (2 L). The methanolic filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (20. lg, 92%).

MS (m/z): 699 (M+l).

Second alternative Synthesis of Example 1

Second alternative synthesis of 4- {4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l- yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 3, step D: Trifluoroacetic acid (32.2 mL; 0.426 mol) is added to a solution of tert-butyl 2- {(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (14.87 g; 21.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (149 mL) cooled in iced water. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 minutes, the mixture is slowly added to ammonia in MeOH (2M; 300 mL), applying cooling as necessary to maintain a constant temperature. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 15 min. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is purified using SCX-2 resin. The basic filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is triturated/sonicated in ethyl acetate, filtered and dried. The resulting solid is dissolved in MeOH (200ml) and concentrated in vacuo. This is repeated several times give the title compound (12.22 g, yield 96%). MS (m/z): 599 (M+l). [a]D20 = -12 ° (C=0.2, MeOH).

PATENT

WO 2015069541

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2015069541A1

4-{4-[(1 E)-4-(2,9-DIAZASPIRO[5.5]UNDEC-2-YL)BUT-1 -EN-1

-YL]-2-METHYLBENZYL}-5-(PROPAN-2-YL)-1 H-PYRAZOL-3-YL

BETA-D- GLUCOPYRANOSIDE ACETATE

The present invention relates to a novel SGLT1 inhibitor which is an acetate salt of a pyrazole compound, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compound, to methods of using the compound to treat physiological disorders, and to intermediates and processes useful in the synthesis of the compound.

The present invention is in the field of treatment of diabetes and other diseases and disorders associated with hyperglycemia. Diabetes is a group of diseases that is characterized by high levels of blood glucose. It affects approximately 25 million people in the United States and is also the 7th leading cause of death in U.S. according to the 2011 National Diabetes Fact Sheet (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). Sodium-coupled glucose cotransporters (SGLT’s) are one of the transporters known to be responsible for the absorption of carbohydrates, such as glucose. More specifically, SGLT1 is responsible for transport of glucose across the brush border membrane of the small intestine. Inhibition of SGLT1 may result in reduced absorption of glucose in the small intestine, thus providing a useful approach to treating diabetes.

U.S. Patent No. 7,655,632 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives with human SGLT1 inhibitory activity which are further disclosed as useful for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes. In addition, WO 2011/039338 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives with SGLT1/SGLT2 inhibitor activity which are further disclosed as being useful for treatment of bone diseases, such as osteoporosis.

There is a need for alternative drugs and treatment for diabetes. The present invention provides an acetate salt of a pyrazole compound, which is an SGLT1 inhibitor, and as such, may be suitable for the treatment of certain disorders, such as diabetes. Accordingly, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:

Figure imgf000003_0001

or hydrate thereof.

Figure imgf000008_0001

Preparation 1

(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol

Figure imgf000009_0001

Scheme 1, step A: Add borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (0.2 mol, 200 mL, 1.0 M solution) to a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (39 g, 0.18 mol) in

tetrahydrofuran (200 mL). After 18 hours at room temperature, remove the solvent under the reduced pressure to give a solid. Purify by flash chromatography to yield the title compound as a white solid (32.9 g, 0.16 mol). !H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.55 (s, 1H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 3H).

Alternative synthesis of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)mefhanol.

Borane-dimethyl sulfide complex (2M in THF; 116 mL, 0.232 mol) is added slowly to a solution of 4-bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (24.3 g, 0.113 mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (THF, 146 mL) at 3 °C. After stirring cold for 10 min the cooling bath is removed and the reaction is allowed to warm slowly to ambient temperature. After 1 hour, the solution is cooled to 5°C, and water (100 mL) is added slowly. Ethyl acetate (100 mL) is added and the phases are separated. The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (200 mL) and dried over Na2S04. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gives a residue which is purified by filtration through a short pad of silica eluting with 15% ethyl acetate/iso-hexane to give the title compound (20.7 g, 91.2% yield). MS (m/z): 183/185 (M+l-18).

Preparation 2

4-bromo- 1 -chloromethyl -2 -methyl -benzene

Figure imgf000009_0002

Scheme 1, step B: Add thionyl chloride (14.31 mL, 0.2 mol,) to a solution of (4- bromo-2 -methyl -phenyl)methanol (32.9 g, 0.16 mol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) and dimethylformamide (0.025 mol, 2.0 mL) at 0°C. After 1 hour at room temperature pour the mixture into ice-water (100 g), extract with dichloromethane (300 mL), wash extract with 5% aq. sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and brine (200 mL), dry over sodium sulfate, and concentrate under reduced pressure to give the crude title compound as a white solid (35.0 g, 0.16 mol). The material is used for the next step of reaction without further purification. !H NMR (CDC13): δ 2.38 (s, 3H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.35 (m, 3H).

Alternative synthesis of 4-bromo-l-chloromethyl-2-methyl -benzene. Methanesulfonyl chloride (6.83 mL, 88.3 mmol) is added slowly to a solution of (4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methanol (16.14 g, 80.27 mmol) and triethylamine (16.78 mL; 120.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (80.7 mL) cooled in ice/water. The mixture is allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature and is stirred for 16 hours. Further

methanesulfonyl chloride (1.24 mL; 16.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Water (80mL) is added and the phases are separated. The organic layer is washed with hydrochloric acid (IN; 80 mL) then saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (80 mL), then water (80 mL), and is dried over Na2S04. Filtration and concentration under reduced pressure gives a residue which is purified by flash chromatography (eluting with hexane) to give the title compound (14.2 g; 80.5% yield). !H NMR (300.11 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.36-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Preparation 3

4- [(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl] -5 -isopropyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -ol

Figure imgf000010_0001

Scheme 1, step C: Add sodium hydride (8.29 g, 0.21 mol, 60% dispersion in oil) to a solution of methyl 4-methyl-3-oxovalerate (27.1 mL, 0.19 mol) in tetrahydrofuran at 0°C. After 30 min at room temperature, add a solution of 4-bromo-l-chloromethyl-2- methyl-benzene (35.0 g, 0.16 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL). Heat the resulting mixture at 70 °C overnight (18 hours). Add 1.0 M HC1 (20 mL) to quench the reaction. Extract with ethyl acetate (200 mL), wash extract with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dry over Na2S04, filter and concentrate under reduced pressure. Dissolve the resulting residue in toluene (200 mL) and add hydrazine monohydrate (23.3 mL, 0.48 mol). Heat the mixture at 120 °C for 2 hours with a Dean-Stark apparatus to remove water. Cool and remove the solvent under the reduced pressure, dissolve the residue with dichloromethane (50 mL) and methanol (50 mL). Pour this solution slowly to a beaker with water (250 mL). Collect the resulting precipitated product by vacuum filtration. Dry in vacuo in an oven overnight at 40 °C to yield the title compound as a solid (48.0 g, 0.16 mol). MS (m/z): 311.0 (M+l), 309.0 (M-l). Alternative synthesis of 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl] -5 -isopropyl- lH-pyrazol-

3-ol.

A solution of 4-bromo-l-chloromethyl-2-methyl-benzene (13.16 g, 59.95 mmoles) in acetonitrile (65.8 mL) is prepared. Potassium carbonate (24.86 g, 179.9 mmol), potassium iodide (11.94 g, 71.94 mmol) and methyl 4-methyl-3-oxovalerate (8.96 mL; 62.95 mmol) are added. The resulting mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. Hydrochloric acid (2N) is added to give pH 3. The solution is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml), the organic phase is washed with brine (100 ml) and dried over Na2S04. The mixture is filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in toluene (65.8 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (13.7 mL, 0.180 mol) is added. The resulting mixture is heated to reflux and water is removed using a Dean and Stark apparatus. After 3 hours the mixture is cooled to 90 °C and additional hydrazine monohydrate (13.7 mL; 0.180 mol) is added and the mixture is heated to reflux for 1 hour. The mixture is cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting solid is triturated with water (200 mL), filtered and dried in a vacuum oven over P2Os at 60°C. The solid is triturated in iso-hexane (200 mL) and filtered to give the title compound (14.3 g; 77.1% yield). MS (m/z): 309/311 (M+l).

Preparation 4

4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl- beta-D-glucopyranoside

Figure imgf000012_0001

Scheme 1, step D: To a 1L flask, add 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5- isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (20 g, 64.7 mmol), alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide tetrabenzoate (50 g, 76 mmol), benzyltributylammonium chloride (6 g, 19.4 mmol), dichloromethane (500 mL), potassium carbonate (44.7 g, 323 mmol) and water (100 mL). Stir the reaction mixture overnight at room temperature. Extract with dichloromethane (500mL). Wash extract with water (300 mL) and brine (500 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (37 g, 64 mmol). MS (m/z): 889.2 (M+l), 887.2 (M-l).

Preparation 5

4- {4- [(lis)-4-hydroxybut- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl } -5 -(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside

Figure imgf000012_0002

Scheme 1, step E: Add 3-buten-l-ol (0.58 mL, 6.8 mmol) to a solution of 4-(4- bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5 -(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl 2,3 ,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D- glucopyranoside (3 g, 3.4 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) and triethylamine (20 mL). Degas the solution with nitrogen over 10 minutes. Add tri-o-tolylphosphine (205 mg, 0.67 mmol) and palladium acetate (76 mg, 0.34 mmol). Reflux at 90 °C for 2 hours. Cool to room temperature and concentrate to remove the solvent under the reduced pressure. Purify the residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (2.1 g, 2.4 mmol). MS (m/z): 878.4 (M+l).

Preparation 6

4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside

Figure imgf000013_0001

Scheme 1, step F: Add 3,3,3-triacetoxy-3-iodophthalide (134 mg, 0.96 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-hydroxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (280 mg, 0.32 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (133.8 mg, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0 °C. After 15 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (270 mg, 0.31 mmol). MS (m/z): 876.5 (M+l), 874.5 (M-l).

Preparation 7

tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-benzoyl-beta-D- glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl} -2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000014_0001

Scheme 1, step G: Add sodium triacetoxyborohydride (98 mg, 0.46 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (270 mg, 0.31 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (179 mg, 0.62 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (5 mL). After 30 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL), dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (275 mg, 0.25 mmol).

MS (m/z): 1115.6 (M+l).

Preparation 8

4- {4- [( l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan- 2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride

Figure imgf000014_0002

Scheme 1, step H: Add hydrogen chloride (4.0 M solution in 1,4-dioxane, 0.6 mL, 2.4 mmol) to a solution of tert-butyl 2-{(3£)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3- [(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4- yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (275 mg, 0.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL). After overnight (18 hours) at room temperature, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to yield the title compound as a solid (258 mg, 0.24 mmol). MS (m/z): 1015.6 (M+l).

Figure imgf000016_0001

Preparation 9

4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl- beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Figure imgf000017_0001

Scheme 2, step A: To a 1 L flask, add 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)mefhyl]-5- isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (24 g, 77.6 mmol), 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D- glucopyranosyl bromide (50.4 g, 116 mmol), benzyltributylammonium chloride (5 g, 15.5 mmol), dichloromethane (250 mL), potassium carbonate (32 g, 323 mmol) and water (120 mL). Stir the reaction mixture overnight at room temperature. Extract with dichloromethane (450 mL). Wash extract with water (300 mL) and brine (500 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (36.5 g, 57 mmol). MS (m/z): 638.5 (M+l), 636.5 (M-l).

Alternative synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Reagents 4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5-isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (24.0 g, 77.6 mmol), 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (50.4 g, 116 mmol), benzyltributylammonium chloride (4.94 g, 15.52 mmol), potassium carbonate (32.18 g, 232.9 mmol), dichloromethane (250 mL) and water (120 mL) are combined and the mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture is partitioned between dichloromethane (250 mL) and water (250 mL). The organic phase is washed with brine (250 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue is purified by flash chromatography (eluting with 10% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to 70% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane) to give the title compound (36.5 g, 74% yield). MS (m/z): 639/641 (M+l). Preparation 10

4- {4- [(lis)-4-hydroxybut- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl } -5 -(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside

Figure imgf000018_0001

Scheme 2, step B: Add 3-buten-l-ol (6.1 mL, 70 mmol) to a solution of 4-(4- bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5 -(propan-2-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl 2,3 ,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D- glucopyranoside (15 g, 23.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) and triethylamine (50 mL). Degas the solution with nitrogen over 10 minutes. Add tri-o-tolylphosphine (1.43 g, 4.7 mmol) and palladium acetate (526 mg, 2.35 mmol). After refluxing at 90 °C for 2 hours, cool, and concentrate to remove the solvent under the reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (7.5 g, 11.9 mmol) MS (m/z): 631.2 (M+l), 629.2 (M-l).

Preparation 11

4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl

2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside

Figure imgf000018_0002

Scheme 2, step C: Add 3,3,3-triacetoxy-3-iodophthalide (2.1g, 4.76 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-hydroxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH- pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside ( 1.5 g, 2.38 mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (2 g, 23.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 °C. After 15 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (10 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (30 mL), wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (40 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (0.95 g, 1.51 mmol). MS (m/z): 628.8(M+1), 626.8 (M-l).

Preparation 12a

tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D- glucopyranosyl)oxy] -lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en- 1 -yl} -2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000019_0001

Scheme 2, Step D: Add sodium triacetoxyborohydride (303 mg, 1.4 mmol) to a solution of 4-{4-[(l£)-4-oxybut-l-en-l-yl]-2-methylbenzyl}-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (600 mg, 0.95 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (333 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2- dichloroethane (30 mL). After 30 minutes at room temperature, quench the reaction with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL). Extract with dichloromethane (60 mL). Wash extract with water (30 mL) and brine (60 mL). Dry organic phase over sodium sulfate, filter, and concentrate under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (500 mg, 0.58 mmol).

MS (m/z): 866.8, 867.8 (M+l), 864.8, 865.8 (M-l).

Preparation 13

4- {4- [( l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan- 2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride

Figure imgf000020_0001

Scheme 2, step E: Add hydrogen chloride (4.0 M solution in 1,4-dioxane, 1.5 mL, 5.8 mmol) to a solution of tert-butyl 2-{(3£)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6- tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy] – lH-pyrazol-4-yl} methyl)phenyl]but-3 -en- 1 – yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (500 mg, 0.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). After 2 hours at room temperature, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to yield the title compound as a solid (480 mg, 0.57 mmol).

MS (m/z): 767.4 (M+l).

Scheme 3

Figure imgf000021_0001

Preparation 14

tert-butyl 4-but-3-ynyl-4,9-diazas iro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000021_0002

Scheme 3, step A: Cesium carbonate (46.66 g, 143.21 mmol) is added to a suspension of tert-butyl 4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate hydrochloride (16.66 g, 57.28 mmoles) in acetonitrile (167 mL). The mixture is stirred for 10 minutes at ambient temperature then 4-bromobutyne (6.45 mL, 68.74 mmol) is added. The reaction is heated to reflux and stirred for 18 hours. The mixture is cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is partitioned between water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (150 mL). The phases are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with water (200 mL), then brine (150 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (17.2 g, 98% yield). lH NMR (300.11 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.43-3.31 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.29 (m, 4H), 2.20 (s, 2H), 1.94 (t, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 17H).

Preparation 15

tert-butyl 4-[(£)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)but-3-enyl]-4,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000022_0001

Scheme 3, step B: Triethylamine (5.62 mmoles; 0.783 mL), 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1,3,2-dioxaborolane (8.56 mL, 59.0 mmol) and zirconocene chloride (1.45 g, 5.62 mmoles) are added to tert-butyl 4-but-3-ynyl-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (17.21 g, 56.16 mmoles). The resulting mixture is heated to 65 °C for 3.5 hours. The mixture is cooled and dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL). The resulting solution is passed through a ~4cm thick pad of silica gel, eluting with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL). The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (21.2 g, 87% yield). 1H NMR (300.11 MHz, CDCI3): δ 6.65-6.55 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.43 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.27 (m, 6H), 2.25-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.70 – 1.13 (m, 29H).

Preparation 16

tert-butyl 2-{(3£’)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH- pyrazol-4-yl} methyl)phenyl]but-3 -en- 1 -yl} -2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000023_0001

Scheme 3, step C: A solution of 4-(4-bromo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (20 g, 31.3 mmol), tert- butyl 4-[(£)-4-(4,4,5 ,5 -tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)but-3 -enyl] -4,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (16.3 g, 37.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (12.97 g, 93.82 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) and water (40 mL) is degassed for 15 min by bubbling nitrogen gas through it. Pd(OAc)2 (140 mg, 625 μιηοΐ) and 2- dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-tri-i -propyl- Ι, -biphenyl (0.596 g, 1.25 mmol) are added and the reaction is heated to reflux for 16 h. The solution is cooled to ambient temperature and methanol (200 mL) is added. After 30 minutes the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The mixture is partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and brine (500 ml) adding aqueous MgS04 (1M; 500 ml) to aid the phase separation. The layers are separated and the organic layer is dried over MgS04 and filtered through a 10 cm pad of silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate (-1.5 L). The filtrate is discarded and the silica pad is flushed with 5% MeOH in THF (2 L). The methanolic filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (20. lg, 92%).

MS (m/z): 699 (M+l).

Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000024_0002

Preparation 17

tert-butyl 4- [(E)-4- [4- [(3 -hydroxy-5-isopropyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)methyl] -3 -methyl- phenyl]but-3-enyl]-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate

Figure imgf000024_0003

Scheme 4, step A: Add tert-butyl 4-[(£)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)but-3-enyl]-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (35.8 kg, 82.4 mol) in methanol (130 L) to a solution of (4-[(4-bromo-2-methyl-phenyl)methyl]-5- isopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ol (23.9 kg, 77.3 mol) in methanol (440 L) at room temperature. Add water (590 L) and tripotassium phosphate (100 kg, 471.7 mol) and place the reaction under nitrogen atmosphere. To the stirring solution, add a suspension of

tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (1.42 kg, 1.55 mol) and di-tert- butylmethylphosphonium tetrafluoroborate (775 g, 3.12 mol) in methanol (15 L). The resulting mixture is heated at 75 °C for 2 hours. Cool the mixture and filter over diatomaceous earth. Rinse the the filter cake with methanol (60 L), and concentrate the filtrate under reduced pressure. Add ethyl acetate (300 L), separate the layers, and wash the organic layer with 15% brine (3 x 120 L). Concentrate the organic layer under reduced pressure, add ethyl acetate (300 L), and stir the mixture for 18 to 20 hours. Add heptane (300 L), cool the mixture to 10 °C, and stir the mixture for an additional 18 to 20 hours. Collect the resulting solids by filtration, rinse the cake with ethyl acetate/heptane (2:3, 2 x 90 L), and dry under vacuum at 40°C to give the title compound (29.3 kg, 70.6% yield) as a white solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 6.25-6.12 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.45-3.38 (bs, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3 H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.40 (m, 5 H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.36 (m, 15H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 3H).

Preparation 12b

Alterternative preparation of tert-butyl 2-{(3£)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3- [(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but- 3-en-l-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate.

Figure imgf000025_0001

Scheme 4, step B: Combine tert-butyl 4-[(E)-4-[4-[(3-hydroxy-5-isopropyl-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)methyl] -3-methyl-phenyl]but-3 -enyl] -4,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undecane-9- carboxylate (17.83 kg, 33.2 moles), acetonitrile (180 L), and benzyltributylammonium chloride (1.52 kg, 4.87 moles) at room temperature. Slowly add potassium carbonate (27.6 kg, 199.7 moles) and stir the mixture for 2 hours. Add 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-alpha- D-glucopyranosyl bromide (24.9 kg, 60.55 mol), warm the reaction mixture to 30°C and stir for 18 hours. Concentrate the mixture under reduced pressure and add ethyl acetate (180 L), followed by water (90 L). Separate the layers, wash the organic phase with 15% brine (3 x 90 L), concentrate the mixture, and purify using column chromatography over silica gel (63 kg, ethyl acetate/heptanes as eluent (1 :2→1 :0)) to provide the title compound (19.8 kg, 94% purity, 68.8% yield) as a yellow foam, !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J= 16.0,

1H), 6.25-6.13 (m, 1H), 5.64 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.25 (m, 2H), 5.13-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.84-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.10-4.00 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.22 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.90 (m, 18 H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.62- 0.82 (m, 22H).

Preparation 18

2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D- glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl} -2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane

Figure imgf000026_0001

Scheme 4, step C: Combine tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)- 3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4- yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (19.6 kg, 22.6 moles) with dichloromethane (120 L) and cool to 0°C. Slowly add trifluoroacetic acid (34.6 L, 51.6 kg, 452 moles) and stir for 9 hours. Quench the reaction with ice water (80 L), and add ammonium hydroxide (85-90 L) to adjust the reaction mixture to pH (8- 9). Add dichloromethane (120 L), warm the reaction mixture to room temperature, and separate the layers. Wash the organic layer with water (75 L), brine, and concentrate under reduced pressure to provide the title compound (16.2 kg, 95.0% purity, 93% yield) as a yellow solid. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.08 (s, IH), 6.99 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH),

6.76 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 6.38 (d, J=15.6 Hz, IH), 6.00-5.83 (m, IH), 5.31 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 5.25-5.13 (m, 4H), 4.32 (dd, J= 12.8, 9.2 Hz, IH), 4.14 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, IH), 3.90 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, IH), 3.75-3.50 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.00 (m, 5 H), 2.85-2.75 (m, IH), 2.70-2.48 (m, 3H), 2.25 (s, IH), 2.13-1.63 (m, 19H), 1.32-1.21 (m, IH), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.10 (s, 3H).

Example 1

Hydrated crystalline 4- {4-[(l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl]-2- methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside acetate

First alternative preparation of 4-{4-[(l£’)-4-(2.9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l- yl]-2-methylbenzyl| -5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside (free base).

Figure imgf000027_0001

Scheme 1, step I: Add sodium hydroxide (0.5 mL, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 M solution) to a solution of 4- {4-[( l£)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl} – 5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride (258 mg, 0.24 mmol) in methanol (2 mL). After 2 hours at 40°C, concentrate to remove the solvent under reduced pressure to give a residue, which is purified by preparative HPLC method: high pH, 25% B for 4 min, 25-40 B % for 4 min @ 85 mL/min using a 30 x 75 mm, 5 μιη C18XBridge ODB column, solvent A – H.0 with NH4HCO3 @ pH 10, solvent B – MeCN to yield the title compound (free base) as a solid (46 mg, 0.08 mmol). MS (m/z): 598.8 (M+l), 596.8 (M-l).

Second alternative preparation of 4-{4-r(l-£’)-4-(2.9-diazaspiror5.51undec-2-yl)but-l-en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl I -5 -(propan-2-yl)- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl beta-D-glucopyranoside (free base).

Figure imgf000028_0001

Scheme 2, step F: Add methanol (5 mL), triethylamine (3 mL), and water (3 mL) to 4- {4-[( lJE)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl } -5 – (propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside dihydrochloride (480 mg, 0.24 mmol). After 18 hours (overnight) at room temperature, concentrate to dryness under reduced pressure. Purify the resulting residue by preparative HPLC method: high pH, 25% B for 4 min, 25-40 B % for 4 min @ 85 mL/min using a 30 x 75 mm, 5 μιη C18XBridge ODB column, solvent A – H20 with NH4HCO3 @ pH 10, solvent B – MeCN to yield the title compound (free base) as a solid (50 mg, 0.08 mmol).

MS (m/z): 598.8 (M+l), 596.8 (M-l). 1H NMR (400.31 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.11 (d, J=1.3

Hz, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J=l .3,8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (dt, J= 15.8, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J= 11.7 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, 1H) , 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.29 (m, 4H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.72 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 4H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 6H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.26 ( broad s, 2H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.43 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 2H), 1.11 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.10 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H).

Third alternative preparation of 4-{4-[(l£,)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.51undec-2-yl)but-l-en-l- yll-2-methylbenzyl|-5-(propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside.

Scheme 3, step D: Trifluoroacetic acid (32.2 mL; 0.426 mol) is added to a solution of tert-butyl 2-{(3JE)-4-[3-methyl-4-({5-(propan-2-yl)-3-beta-D- glucopyranosyl)oxy]-lH-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3-en-l-yl}-2,9- diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (14.87 g; 21.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (149 mL) cooled in iced water. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 30 minutes, the mixture is slowly added to ammonia in MeOH (2M; 300 mL), applying cooling as necessary to maintain a constant temperature. The solution is stirred at room temperature for 15 min. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is purified using SCX-2 resin. The basic filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is triturated/sonicated in ethyl acetate, filtered and dried. The resulting solid is dissolved in MeOH (200mL) and concentrated in vacuo. This is repeated several times to give the title compound (free base) (12.22 g, yield 96%). MS (m/z): 599 (M+l); [a]D 20 = -12 ° (C=0.2, MeOH).

Preparation of final title compound, hydrated crystalline 4-{4-|YlE)-4-(2.9- diazaspiro [5.5|undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl I -5-(propan-2-vD- 1 H-pyrazol-3 – yl beta-D-glucopyranoside acetate.

Figure imgf000029_0001

4- {4- [(1 E)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl } -5 – (propan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl beta-D-glucopyranoside (902 mg) is placed in a round bottom flask (100 mL) and treated with wet ethyl acetate (18 mL). [Note – wet ethyl acetate is prepared by mixing ethyl acetate (100 mL) and dionized water (100 mL). After mixing, the layers are allowed to separate, and the top wet ethyl acetate layer is removed for use. Acetic acid is a hydrolysis product of ethyl acetate and is present in wet ethyl acetate.] The compound dissolves, although not completely as wet ethyl acetate is added. After several minutes, a white precipitate forms. An additional amount of wet ethyl acetate (2 mL) is added to dissolve remaining compound. The solution is allowed to stir uncovered overnight at room temperature during which time the solvent partially evaporates. The remaining solvent from the product slurry is removed under vacuum, and the resulting solid is dried under a stream of nitrogen to provide the final title compound as a crystalline solid. A small amount of amorphous material is identified in the product by solid-state NMR. This crystalline final title compound may be used as seed crystals to prepare additional crystalline final title compound.

Alternative preparation of final title compound, hvdrated crystalline 4-{4-[(lE)-4-(2.,9- diazaspiro [5.5]undec-2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl I -5-(propan-2-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3 – yl beta-D-glucopyranoside acetate.

Under a nitrogen atmosphere combine of 4-{4-[(lE)-4-(2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec- 2-yl)but- 1 -en- 1 -yl] -2-methylbenzyl} -5-(propan-2-yl)- 1 H-pyrazol-3-yl 2,3,4,6-tetra-O- acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranoside (2.1 kg, 2.74 mol), methanol (4.4 L), tetrahydrofuran (4.2 L), and water (210 mL). Add potassium carbonate (460 g, 3.33 moles) and stir for four to six hours, then filter the reaction mixture to remove the solids. Concentrate the filtrate under reduced pressure, then add ethanol (9.0 L) followed by acetic acid (237 mL, 4.13 mol) and stir at room temperature for one hour. To the stirring solution add wet ethyl acetate (10 L, containing approx. 3 w/w% water) slowly over five hours, followed by water (500 mL). Stir the suspension for twelve hours and add wet ethyl acetate (4.95 L, containing approx. 3 w/w% water) over a period of eight hours. Stir the suspension for twelve hours and add additional wet ethyl acetate (11.5 L, containing approx. 3 w/w% water) slowly over sixteen hours. Stir the suspension for twelve hours, collect the solids by filtration and rinse the solids with wet ethyl acetate (3.3 L, containing approx. 3 w/w% water). Dry in an oven under reduced pressure below 30°C to give the title compound as an off-white crystalline solid (1.55 kg, 2.35 mol, 96.7% purity, 72.4 w/w% potency, 68.0% yield based on potency). HRMS (m/z): 599.3798 (M+l).

PATENT

CN105705509

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=CN175101669&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION

The present invention is in the field of treatment of diabetes and other diseases and conditions associated with hyperglycemia. Diabetes is a group of diseases characterized by high blood sugar levels. It affects approximately 25 million people in the United States, and according to the 2011 National Diabetes Bulletin, it is also the seventh leading cause of death in the United States (US Department of Health and Human Resources Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention). Sodium-coupled glucose cotransporters (SGLT’s) are one of the transporters known to be responsible for the uptake of carbohydrates such as glucose. More specifically, SGLT1 is responsible for transporting glucose across the brush border membrane of the small intestine. Inhibition of SGLT1 can result in a decrease in glucose absorption in the small intestine, thus providing a useful method of treating diabetes.

Alternative medicines and treatments for diabetes are needed. The present invention provides an acetate salt of a pyrazole compound which is an SGLT1 inhibitor, and thus it is suitable for treating certain conditions such as diabetes.

U.S. Patent No. 7,655,632 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives having human SGLT1 inhibitory activity, which are also disclosed for use in the prevention or treatment of diseases associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes. Moreover, WO 2011/039338 discloses certain pyrazole derivatives having SGLT1/SGLT2 inhibitor activity, which are also disclosed for use in the treatment of bone diseases such as osteoporosis.


PATENT

WO-2019141209

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019141209&tab=FULLTEXT&_cid=P10-JYNZF2-05384-1

Diabetes is a group of lifelong metabolic diseases characterized by multiple causes of chronic hyperglycemia. Long-term increase in blood glucose can cause damage to large blood vessels and microvessels and endanger the heart, brain, kidney, peripheral nerves, eyes, feet and so on. According to the statistics of the World Health Organization, there are more than 100 complications of diabetes, which is the most common complication, and the incidence rate is also on the rise. The kidney plays a very important role in the body’s sugar metabolism. Glucose does not pass through the lipid bilayer of the cell membrane in the body, and must rely on the glucose transporter on the cell membrane. Sodium-coupled glucose co-transporters (SGLTs) are one of the transporters known to be responsible for the uptake of carbohydrates such as glucose. More specifically, SGLT1 is responsible for transporting glucose across the brush border membrane of the small intestine. Inhibition of SGLT1 results in a decrease in glucose absorption in the small intestine and can therefore be used in the treatment of diabetes.
Ellerelli has developed a novel SGLTs inhibitor for alternative drugs and treatments for diabetes. CN105705509 discloses the SGLTs inhibitor-pyrazole compound, which has the structure shown in the following formula (1):
str1
It is well known for drug production process has strict requirements, the purity of pharmaceutical active ingredients will directly affect the safety and effectiveness of drug quality. Simplified synthetic route optimization, and strictly control the purity of the intermediates has a very important role in improving drug production, quality control and optimization of the dosage form development.
CN105705509 discloses a method for synthesizing a compound of the formula (1), wherein the intermediate compound 2-{(3E)-4-[3-methyl4-({5-(propyl-2-yl)) is obtained by the step B in Scheme 4. -3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-acetyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1H-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl)phenyl]but-3- Tert-butyl-1-enyl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (Compound obtained in Preparation Example 12b) was obtained as a yellow foam, yield 68.6%, purity 94 %, this step involves silica gel column purification, low production efficiency, high cost, and poor quality controllability; the intermediate 2-{(3E)-4-[3-methyl 4-({5- (prop-2-yl)-3-[(2,3,4,6-tetra-acetyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl}methyl) Phenyl]but-3-en-1-yl}-2,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecane (Compound obtained in Preparation Example 18) as a yellow solid with a purity of 95.0%; The resulting intermediate compounds were all of low purity. Moreover, CN105705509 produces a compound of formula (1) having a purity of 96.7% as described in the publications of the publications 0141 and 0142. The resulting final compound is not of high purity and is not conducive to subsequent drug preparation.

Process for preparing pyranoglucose-substituted pyrazole compound, used as a pharmaceutical intermediate in SGLT inhibitor for treating diabetes.

Example 1
626 g of the compound of the formula (16), 6 L of acetonitrile, 840 g of cesium carbonate and 1770 g of 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-α-D-glucosyl bromide (formula (17) The compound is sequentially added to the reaction vessel, heated to 40 ° C to 45 ° C, and reacted for 4 to 5 hours, then cooled to 20 to 25 ° C, filtered, and the obtained solid is rinsed once with acetonitrile; the filter cake is dissolved with 8 L of ethyl acetate and 10 L of water. After the liquid separation, the organic phase was concentrated to about 3 L, 10 L of acetonitrile was added, and the mixture was stirred for 12 h to precipitate a solid, which was filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with acetonitrile and dried under vacuum at 60 ° C for 24 h to give white crystals, 652 g of compound of formula (9c). The yield was 61%, the HPLC purity was 98.52%, and the melting point was 180.0-182.1 °C. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) (see Figure 1): δ 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=15.6,1H), 6.19-6.12 (m,1H), 5.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.40-5.35 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.06 (m, 2H) , 4.18-4.14 (dd, J = 12.4 Hz, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.06 (dd, J = 12.4 Hz, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.92-3.89 (dd, J = 10 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 1H) , 3.64-3.54 (dd, J=20 Hz, 16.8 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.86-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.29 (m, 11H), 1.63-1.38 (m, 17H), 1.15-1.05 (m, 42H). MS (m/z): 1035.7 (M+H).
640 g of the compound of the formula (9c) and 6.4 L of ethyl acetate were successively added to the reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to 15 ° C to 20 ° C. 1176 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate was added in portions for 2 to 3 hours; after the reaction was over, 3.5 L of a 9% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and the aqueous phase was discarded. The organic phase was washed successively with 3.5 L of 9% and 3.5 L of 3% aqueous potassium hydroxide and concentrated to 2.5 L. 21L of n-heptane was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred for 12 hours; filtered, and the filter cake was rinsed with n-heptane; the filter cake was dried under vacuum at 60 ° C for 24 h to obtain white crystals, p-toluene of the compound of formula (10c). The sulfonate salt was 550 g, the yield was 80%, the purity was 97.59%, and the melting point was 168.0-169.2 °C. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) (see Figure 2): δ 7.72 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J = 15.6, 1H), 6.19-6.12 (m, 1H), 5.60 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) ), 5.41-5.37 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.06 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.14 (dd, J = 12.4 Hz, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.07 (d, J = 11.6Hz, 1H), 3.94-3.91 (dd, J=7.2Hz, 2.8Hz, 1H), 3.64-3.54 (dd, J=20.0Hz, 16.8Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.86 -2.79 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.29 (m, 14H), 1.78-1.44 (m, 8H), 1.15-1.05 (m, 42H). MS (m/z): 935.7 (M+H).
82.6 g of potassium hydroxide, 5.5 L of absolute ethanol and 550 g of the p-toluenesulfonate of the compound of the formula (10c) were sequentially added to the reaction vessel, and stirred at 45 to 50 ° C for about 4 hours. The temperature was lowered to 20 to 25 ° C, filtered, and the solid was rinsed with ethanol. The filtrate and the eluent were combined, and 65 g of acetic acid was added thereto, followed by stirring for 15 min. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to about 1.5 L, and then 52 g of acetic acid was added. After stirring for 20 min, 4.5 L of ethyl acetate containing 3% water and 160 mL of purified water were added dropwise. After the dropwise addition, continue stirring for 3 to 4 hours. Filter and filter cake was rinsed with ethyl acetate containing 3% water. The solid was transferred to a reaction kettle, 500 mL of water was added and stirred for 18 h. After filtration, the filter cake was washed successively with water and an ethanol/ethyl acetate mixed solvent. The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35 to 40 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a white solid, 245 g of compound of formula (1), yield 75%, purity 99.55%. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) (see Figure 3): δ 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=16.0,1H), 6.20-6.13 (dt, J=15.6 Hz, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.01 (m, 1H), 3.83 (d, J=11.2, 1H), 3.71-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.09-3.06 (t, J = 6 Hz, 4H), 2.87-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.31 (m, 6H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.26(s, 2H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), MS (m/z): 599.5 (M+H).
Example 2
5.00 kg of the maleate salt of the compound of the formula (16), 40 L of tetrahydrofuran, 5.47 kg of potassium phosphate and 11.67 kg of 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-α-D-glucosyl bromide The compound (formula (17)) is sequentially added to the reaction vessel, heated to 40 to 45 ° C, and reacted for 4 to 5 hours, then cooled to 15 to 25 ° C, filtered, and the solid was rinsed once with tetrahydrofuran. The filter cake was dissolved in 36 L of ethyl acetate and 20 L of water and then separated. The organic phase was concentrated to ca. 18 L, 64 L acetonitrile was added and stirred for 15 h. Filtration, the filter cake was rinsed with acetonitrile, and dried under vacuum at 60 ° C for 24 h to give white crystals of the compound of formula (9c), 4.50 kg, yield 57%, HPLC purity 99.19%.
4.45 kg of the compound of the formula (9c) and 45 L of butyl acetate were sequentially added to the reaction vessel, and the temperature was lowered to 15 ° C to 20 ° C. 4.13 kg of methanesulfonic acid was added in portions and the reaction was carried out for 2 to 3 hours. 22 L of a 9% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution was added, stirred for 10 min, and the liquid phase was discarded. The organic phase was washed successively with 10 L of 9%, 4.5 L of 10% and 2 L of 2.5% aqueous potassium hydroxide and concentrated to 15 L. 68 L of n-heptane was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred for further 12 h. Filtered and the filter cake was rinsed once with n-heptane. The solid was dried under vacuum at 60 ° C for 24 h to obtain white crystals. The methanesulfonic acid salt of the compound of formula (10c) was 4.37 kg, yield 99%, purity 97.94%.
0.73 kg of potassium hydroxide, 43 L of methanol and 4.30 kg of the compound of the formula (10c) were sequentially added to the reaction vessel, and stirred at 45 to 50 ° C for 4 hours. The temperature was lowered to 20 to 25 ° C, filtered, and 0.56 kg of acetic acid was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The reaction solution was concentrated to about 15 L under reduced pressure, and 0.40 g of acetic acid was added. After stirring for 10 min, 39 L of 3% water in ethyl acetate and 1.3 L of purified water were added dropwise. After the dropwise addition, stirring was continued for about 2 hours. Filter and filter cake was rinsed once with ethyl acetate containing 3% water. The solid was transferred to a reaction kettle, and 3.5 L of water was added and stirred for 18 h. After filtration, the filter cake was washed successively with water and an ethanol/ethyl acetate mixed solvent. The cake was vacuum dried at 35 to 40 ° C to give a white solid. Compound (1) (1), 1.84 g, yield 67%, purity 99.65%.
Patent ID Title Submitted Date Granted Date
US9573970 4–5-(PROPAN-2-YL)-1H-PYRAZOL-3-YL BETA-D GLUCOPYRANOSIDE ACETATE 2014-10-30 2016-07-28

/////////////SY-008 , SY 008 , SY008, ELI LILY, PHASE 1, GLT1 inhibitor, type 2 diabetes, Yabao Pharmaceutical, CHINA, DIABETES

CC(=O)O.Cc5cc(\C=C\CCN2CCCC1(CCNCC1)C2)ccc5Cc3c(nnc3C(C)C)O[C@@H]4O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]4O

Cc5cc(\C=C\CCN2CCCC1(CCNCC1)C2)ccc5Cc3c(nnc3C(C)C)O[C@@H]4O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]4
O


LK-01, Apomorphine

$
0
0

Apomorphine2DCSD.svg

LK-01

Leukos Biotech S.L.

APL-130277, H-001, Apokyn

(-)-10,11-dihydroxyaporphine
(-)-Apomorphine
(6aR)-6-Methyl-5,6,6a,7-tetrahydro-4H-dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol
(R)-(-)-Apomorphine
(R)-6-Methyl-5,6,6a,7-tetrahydro-4H-dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol
200-360-0 [EINECS]
41372-20-7 [RN]
4H-Dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol, 5,6,6a,7-tetrahydro-6-methyl-, (6aR)-
4H-Dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol, 5,6,6a,7-tetrahydro-6-methyl-, (R)-
6ab-Aporphine-10,11-diol
R-(-)-Apomorphine
Apomorphine
CAS Registry Number: 58-00-4
CAS Name: (6aR)-5,6,6a,7-Tetrahydro-6-methyl-4H-dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol
Additional Names: 6ab-aporphine-10,11-diol
Molecular Formula: C17H17NO2
Molecular Weight: 267.32
Percent Composition: C 76.38%, H 6.41%, N 5.24%, O 11.97%
Literature References: Dopamine (D1 and D2) receptor agonist. Synthetic opiate obtained by treating morphine with concd HCl: A. Matthiessen, C. R. A. Wright, Proc. R. Soc. London Ser. B17, 455 (1869). Structure: R. Pschorr et al.,Ber.35, 4377 (1902). Configuration: H. Corrodi, E. Hardegger, Helv. Chim. Acta38, 2038 (1955). Total synthesis of (±)-form: J. L. Neumeyer et al.,J. Pharm. Sci.59, 1850 (1970); of (+)- and (-)-forms: V. J. Ram, J. L. Neumeyer, J. Org. Chem.46, 2830 (1981). Toxicity data: J. Z. Ginos et al.,J. Med. Chem.18, 1194 (1975). Clinical evaluation in impotence: J. P. W. Heaton et al.,Urology45, 200 (1995). Historical review: J. L. Neumeyer et al., in Apomorphine and Other Dopaminomimeticsvol. 1, G. L. Gessa, G. U. Corsini, Eds. (Raven, New York, 1981) p 1-17. Comprehensive description: F. J. Muhtadi, M. S. Hifnawy, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs.20, 121-166 (1991). Review of pharmacology and clinical efficacy in Parkinson’s disease: D. Muguet et al.,Biomed. Pharmacother.49, 197-209 (1995); in erectile dysfunction: F. Giuliano, J. Allard, Int. J. Impotence Res.14, Suppl. 1, S53-S56 (2002).
Properties: Hexagonal plates from chloroform and petr ether, dec 195°; subl in high vacuum. Oxidizes rapidly in air and becomes green. Sol in alcohol, acetone, chloroform. Slightly sol in water, benzene, ether, petr ether. Solns darken rapidly. pKb 7.0; pKa 8.92. uv max (98% alc): 336, 399 nm.
pKa: pKb 7.0; pKa 8.92
Absorption maximum: uv max (98% alc): 336, 399 nm
Image result for Apomorphine SYNTHESIS

Apomorphine hydrochloride hemihydrate

CAS 41372-20-7

Derivative Type: Hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 314-19-2; 41372-20-7 (hemihydrate)
Trademarks: Apokinon (Aguettant); Apokyn (Mylan Bertek); Apomine (Faulding); Britaject (Britannia); Ixense (Takeda); Uprima (TAP)
Molecular Formula: C17H17NO2.HCl
Molecular Weight: 303.78
Percent Composition: C 67.21%, H 5.97%, N 4.61%, O 10.53%, Cl 11.67%
Properties: Small crystals (usually hemihydrate). Dec and turn green on exposure to light and air. [a]D25 -48° (c = 1.2). uv spectrum: Csokan, Z. Anal. Chem.124, 344 (1942). pH of aq soln (1 in 300) = 4.8. One gram dissolves in 50 ml water, 17 ml water at 80°, 50 ml alcohol. Very slightly sol in chloroform and ether. LD50 i.p. in mice: 145 mg/g (Ginos).
Optical Rotation: [a]D25 -48° (c = 1.2)
Toxicity data: LD50 i.p. in mice: 145 mg/g (Ginos)
Derivative Type: Diacetate (ester)
CAS Registry Number: 6191-56-6
Additional Names: Diacetylapomorphine
Molecular Formula: C21H21NO4
Molecular Weight: 351.40
Percent Composition: C 71.78%, H 6.02%, N 3.99%, O 18.21%
Properties: mp 127-128°, [a]D24 -88° (c = 1.12 in 0.1N HCl).
Melting point: mp 127-128°
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -88° (c = 1.12 in 0.1N HCl)
Therap-Cat: Antiparkinsonian; emetic. In treatment of male erectile dysfunction.
Therap-Cat-Vet: Emetic.
Keywords: Antiparkinsonian; Dopamine Receptor Agonist; Emetic; Impotence Therapy.

Leukos Biotech  (following its spin-off from Jose Carreras Leukaemia Research Institute) is developing LK-01 , a solid form of apomorphine for the sc treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and the phase II trial results were expected later in 2019.

Apomorphine (brand names ApokynIxenseSpontaneUprima) is a type of aporphine having activity as a non-selective dopamine agonist which activates both D2-like and, to a much lesser extent, D1-like receptors.[1] It also acts as an antagonist of 5-HT2 and α-adrenergic receptors with high affinity. The compound is historically a morphine decomposition product made by boiling morphine with concentrated acid, hence the –morphine suffix. Contrary to its name, apomorphine does not actually contain morphine or its skeleton, nor does it bind to opioid receptors. The apo– prefix relates to it being a morphine derivative (“[comes] from morphine”).

Historically, apomorphine has been tried for a variety of uses, including as a way to relieve anxiety and craving in alcoholics, an emetic (to induce vomiting), for treating stereotypies (repeated behaviour) in farmyard animals, and more recently in treating erectile dysfunction. Currently, apomorphine is used in the treatment of Parkinson’s disease. It is a potent emetic and should not be administered without an antiemetic such as domperidone. The emetic properties of apomorphine are exploited in veterinary medicine to induce therapeutic emesis in canines that have recently ingested toxic or foreign substances.

Apomorphine was also used as a private treatment of heroin addiction, a purpose for which it was championed by the author William S. Burroughs. Burroughs and others claimed that it was a “metabolic regulator” with a restorative dimension to a damaged or dysfunctional dopaminergic system. There is more than enough anecdotal evidence to suggest that this offers a plausible route to an abstinence-based model; however, no clinical trials have ever tested this hypothesis. A recent study indicates that apomorphine might be a suitable marker for assessing central dopamine system alterations associated with chronic heroin consumption.[2] There is, however, no clinical evidence that apomorphine is an effective and safe treatment regimen for opiate addiction.[3]

Uses

Apomorphine is used in advanced Parkinson’s disease intermittent hypomobility (“off” episodes), where a decreased response to an anti-Parkinson drug such as L-DOPA causes muscle stiffness and loss of muscle control.[4][5] While apomorphine can be used in combination with L-DOPA, the intention is usually to reduce the L-DOPA dosing, as by this stage the patient often has many of dyskinesias caused by L-DOPA and hypermobility periods.[6][7] When an episode sets in, the apomorphine is injected subcutaneously, and signs subside. It is used an average of three times a day.[6] Some people use portable mini-pumps that continuously infuse them with apomorphine, allowing them to stay in the “on” state and using apomorphine as an effective monotherapy.[7][8]

Contraindications

The main and absolute contraindication to using apomorphine is the concurrent use of adrenergic receptor antagonists; combined, they cause a severe drop in blood pressure and fainting.[6][5] Alcohol causes an increased frequency of orthostatic hypotension (a sudden drop in blood pressure when getting up), and can also increase the chances of pneumonia and heart attacks.[6] Dopamine antagonists, by their nature of competing for sites at dopamine receptors, reduce the effectiveness of the agonistic apomorphine.[6][5]

IV administration of apomorphine is highly discouraged, as it can crystallize in the veins and create a blood clot (thrombus) and block a pulmonary artery (pulmonary embolism).[6][5]

Side effects

Nausea and vomiting are common side effects when first beginning therapy with apomorphine;[9] antiemetics such as trimethobenzamide or domperidone, dopamine antagonists,[10] are often used while first starting apomorphine. Around 50% of people grow tolerant enough to apomorphine’s emetic effects that they can discontinue the antiemetic.[5][6]

Other side effects include orthostatic hypotension and resultant fainting, sleepinessdizzinessrunny nosesweatingpaleness, and flushing. More serious side effects include dyskenesias (especially when taking L-DOPA), fluid accumulation in the limbs (edema), suddenly falling asleep, confusion and hallucinationsincreased heart rate and heart palpitations, and persistent erections(priaprism).[5][6][11] The priaprism is caused by apomorphine increasing arterial blood supply to the penis. This side effect has been exploited in studies attempting to treat erectile dysfunction.[12]

Pharmacology

Mechanism of action

Apomorphine’s R-enantiomer is an agonist of both D1 and D2 dopamine receptors, with higher activity at D2.[6][10] The members of the D2 subfamily, consisting of D2D3, and D4receptors, are inhibitory G protein–coupled receptors. The D4 receptor in particular is an important target in the signaling pathway, and is connected to several neurological disorders.[13] Shortage or excess of dopamine can prevent proper function and signaling of these receptors leading to disease states.[14]

Apomorphine improves motor function by activating dopamine receptors in the nigrostriatal pathway, the limbic system, the hypothalamus, and the pituitary gland.[15] It also increases blood flow to the supplementary motor area and to the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (stimulation of which has been found to reduce the tardive dyskinesia effects of L-DOPA).[16][17]Parkinson’s has also been found to have excess iron at the sites of neurodegeneration; both the R- and S-enantiomers of apomorphine are potent iron chelators and radical scavengers.[10][18]

Apomorphine also reduces the breakdown of dopamine in the brain (though it inhibits its synthesis as well).[19][20] It is a powerful upregulator of certain neural growth factors,[21] in particular NGF and BDNFepigenetic downregulation of which has been associated with addictive behaviour in rats.[22][23]

Apomorphine causes vomiting by acting on dopamine receptors in the chemoreceptor trigger zone of the medulla; this activates the nearby vomiting center.[15][20][24]

Pharmacokinetics

While apomorphine has lower bioavailability when taken orally, due to not being absorbed well in the GI tract and undergoing heavy first-pass metabolism,[18][8] it has a bioavailability of 100% when given subcutaneously.[6][15] It reaches peak plasma concentration in 10–60 minutes. Ten to twenty minutes after that, it reaches its peak concentration in the cerebrospinal fluid. Its lipophilic structure allows it to cross the blood–brain barrier.[6][15]

Apomorphine possesses affinity for the following receptors (note that a higher Ki indicates a lower affinity):[25][26][27]

Dopamine
Receptor Ki (nM) Action
D1 484 (partial) agonista
D2 52 partial agonist (IA = 79% at D2S; 53% at D2L)
D3 26 partial agonist (IA = 82%)
D4 4.37 partial agonist (IA = 45%)
D5 188.9 (partial) agonista
aThough its efficacies at D1 and D5 are unclear, it is known to act as an agonist at these sites.[28]
Serotonin
Receptor Ki (nM) Action
5-HT1A 2,523 partial agonist
5-HT1B 2,951 no action
5-HT1D 1,230 no action
5-HT2A 120 antagonist
5-HT2B 132 antagonist
5-HT2C 102 antagonist
Norepinephrine/Epinephrine
Receptor Ki (nM) Action
α1A-adrenergic 1,995 antagonist
α1B-adrenergic 676 antagonist
α1D-adrenergic 64.6 antagonist
α2A-adrenergic 141 antagonist
α2B-adrenergic 66.1 antagonist
α2C-adrenergic 36.3 antagonist

It has a Ki of over 10,000 nM (and thus negligible affinity) for β-adrenergicH1, and mACh.[1]

Apomorphine has a high clearance rate (3–5 L/kg/hr) and is mainly metabolized and excreted by the liver.[15] It is likely that while the cytochrome P450 system plays a minor role, most of apomorphine’s metabolism happens via auto-oxidationO-glucuronidationO-methylationN-demethylation, and sulfation.[6][15][20] Only 3–4% of the apomorphine is excreted unchanged and into the urine. The half-life is 30–60 minutes, and the effects of the injection last for up to 90 minutes.[6][7][15]

Toxicity depends on the route of administraion; the LD50s in mice were 300 mg/kg for the oral route, 160 mg/kg for intraperitoneal, and 56 mg/kg intravenous.[29]

Chemistry

Properties

Apomorphine has a catechol structure similar to that of dopamine.[19]

Synthesis

Several techniques exist for the creation of apomorphine from morphine. In the past, morphine had been combined with hydrochloric acid at high temperatures (around 150 °C) to achieve a low yield of apomorphine, ranging anywhere from 0.6% to 46%.[30]

More recent techniques create the apomorphine in a similar fashion, by heating it in the presence of any acid that will promote the essential dehydration rearrangement of morphine-type alkaloids, such as phosphoric acid. The method then deviates by including a water scavenger, which is essential to remove the water produced by the reaction that can react with the product and lead to decreased yield. The scavenger can be any reagent that will irreversibly react with water such as phthalic anhydride or titanium chloride. The temperature required for the reaction varies based upon choice of acid and water scavenger. The yield of this reaction is much higher: at least 55%.[30]

Conversion of Morphine (I) to Apomorphine (II) in the presence of acid following the example of the morphine skeleton dehydration rearrangement, outlined by Bentley.[31]

History

The pharmacological effects of the naturally-occurring analog aporphine in the blue lotus (N. caerulea)[32] were known to the ancient Egyptians and Mayans,[33] with the plant featuring in tomb frescoes and associated with entheogenic rites. It is also observed in Egyptian erotic cartoons, suggesting that they were aware of its erectogenic properties.

The modern medical history of apomorphine begins with its synthesis by Arppe in 1845[34] from morphine and sulfuric acid, although it was named sulphomorphide at first. Matthiesen and Wright (1869) used hydrochloric acid instead of sulfuric acid in the process, naming the resulting compound apomorphine. Initial interest in the compound was as an emetic, tested and confirmed safe by London doctor Samuel Gee,[35] and for the treatment of stereotypies in farmyard animals.[36] Key to the use of apomorphine as a behavioural modifier was the research of Erich Harnack, whose experiments in rabbits (which do not vomit) demonstrated that apomorphine had powerful effects on the activity of rabbits, inducing licking, gnawing and in very high doses convulsions and death.

Treatment of alcoholism

Apomorphine was one of the earliest used pharmacotherapies for alcoholism. The Keeley Cure (1870s to 1900) contained apomorphine, among other ingredients, but the first medical reports of its use for more than pure emesis come from James Tompkins[37] and Charles Douglas.[38][39] Tompkins reported, after injection of 6.5 mg (“one tenth of a grain”):

In four minutes free emesis followed, rigidity gave way to relaxation, excitement to somnolence, and without further medication the patient, who before had been wild and delirious, went off into a quiet sleep.

Douglas saw two purposes for apomorphine:

[it can be used to treat] a paroxysm of dipsomania [an episode of intense alcoholic craving]… in minute doses it is much more rapidly efficient in stilling the dipsomaniac craving than strychnine or atropine… Four or even 3m [minim – roughly 60 microlitres] of the solution usually checks for some hours the incessant demands of the patient… when he awakes from the apomorphine sleep he may still be demanding alcohol, though he is never then so insistent as before. Accordingly it may be necessary to repeat the dose, and even to continue to give it twice or three times a day. Such repeated doses, however, do not require to be so large: 4 or even 3m is usually sufficient.

This use of small, continuous doses (1/30th of a grain, or 2.16 mg by Douglas) of apomorphine to reduce alcoholic craving comes some time before Pavlov‘s discovery and publication of the idea of the “conditioned reflex” in 1903. This method was not limited to Douglas; the Irish doctor Francis Hare, who worked in a sanatorium outside London from 1905 onwards, also used low-dose apomorphine as a treatment, describing it as “the most useful single drug in the therapeutics of inebriety”.[40] He wrote:

In (the) sanatorium it is used in three different sets of circumstances: (1) in maniacal or hysterical drunkenness: (2) during the paroxysm of dipsomania, in order to still the craving for alcohol; and (3) in essential insomnia of a special variety… [after giving apomorphine] the patient’s mental condition is entirely altered. He may be sober: he is free from the time being from any craving from alcohol. The craving may return, however, and then it is necessary to repeat the injection, it may be several times at intervals of a few hours. These succeeding injections should be quite small, 3 to 6 min. being sufficient. Doses of this size are rarely emetic. There is little facial pallor, a sensation as of the commencement of sea-sickness, perhaps a slight malaise with a sudden subsidence of the craving for alcohol, followed by a light and short doze.

He also noted there appeared to be a significant prejudice against the use of apomorphine, both from the associations of its name and doctors being reluctant to give hypodermic injections to alcoholics. In the US, the Harrison Narcotics Tax Act made working with any morphine derivatives extremely hard, despite apomorphine itself not being an opiate.

In the 1950s the neurotransmitter dopamine was discovered in the brain by Kathleen Montagu, and characterised as a neurotransmitter a year later by Arvid Carlsson, for which he would be awarded the Nobel Prize.[41] A. N. Ernst then discovered in 1965 that apomorphine was a powerful stimulant of dopamine receptors.[42] This, along with the use of sublingual apomorphine tablets, led to a renewed interest in the use of apomorphine as a treatment for alcoholism. A series of studies of non-emetic apomorphine in the treatment of alcoholism were published, with mostly positive results.[43][44][45][46][47] However, there was little clinical consequence.

Parkinson’s disease

The use of apomorphine to treat “the shakes” was first suggested by Weil in France in 1884,[48] although seemingly not pursued until 1951.[49] Its clinical use was first reported in 1970 by Cotzias et al.,[50] although its emetic properties and short half-life made oral use impractical. A later study found that combining the drug with the antiemetic domperidoneimproved results significantly.[51] The commercialization of apomorphine for Parkinson’s disease followed its successful use in patients with refractory motor fluctuations using intermittent rescue injections and continuous infusions.[52]

Aversion therapy

Aversion therapy in alcoholism had its roots in Russia in the early 1930s,[53] with early papers by Pavlov, Galant and Sluchevsky and Friken,[54] and would remain a strain in the Soviet treatment of alcoholism well into the 1980s. In the US a particularly notable devotee was Dr Voegtlin,[55] who attempted aversion therapy using apomorphine in the mid to late 1930s. However, he found apomorphine less able to induce negative feelings in his subjects than the stronger and more unpleasant emetic emetine.

In the UK, however, the publication of J Y Dent’s (who later went on to treat Burroughs) 1934 paper “Apomorphine in the treatment of Anxiety States”[56] laid out the main method by which apomorphine would be used to treat alcoholism in Britain. His method in that paper is clearly influenced by the then-novel idea of aversion:

He is given his favourite drink, and his favourite brand of that drink… He takes it stronger than is usual to him… The small dose of apomorphine, one-twentieth of a grain [3.24mg], is now given subcutaneously into his thigh, and he is told that he will be sick in a quarter of an hour. A glass of whisky and water and a bottle of whisky are left by his bedside. At six o’clock (four hours later) he is again visited and the same treatment is again administered… The nurse is told in confidence that if he does not drink, one-fortieth [1.62mg] of a grain of apomorphine should be injected during the night at nine o’clock, one o’clock, and five o’clock, but that if he drinks the injection should be given soon after the drink and may be increased to two hourly intervals. In the morning at about ten he is again given one or two glasses of whisky and water… and again one-twentieth of a grain [3.24mg] of apomorphine is injected… The next day he is allowed to eat what he likes, he may drink as much tea as he likes… He will be strong enough to get up and two days later he leaves the home.

However, even in 1934 he was suspicious of the idea that the treatment was pure conditioned reflex – “though vomiting is one of the ways that apomorphine relives the patient, I do not believe it to be its main therapeutic effect.” – and by 1948 he wrote:[3]

It is now twenty-five years since I began treating cases of anxiety and alcoholism with apomorphine, and I read my first paper before this Society fourteen years ago. Up till then I had thought, and, unfortunately, I said in my paper, that the virtue of the treatment lay in the conditioned reflex of aversion produced in the patient. This statement is not even a half truth… I have been forced to the conclusion that apomorphine has some further action than the production of a vomit.

This led to his development of lower-dose and non-aversive methods, which would inspire a positive trial of his method in Switzerland by Dr Harry Feldmann[57] and later scientific testing in the 1970s, some time after his death. However, the use of apomorphine in aversion therapy had escaped alcoholism, with its use to treat homosexuality leading to the death of a British Army Captain Billy Clegg HIll in 1962,[58] helping to cement its reputation as a dangerous drug used primarily in archaic behavioural therapies.

Opioid addiction

In his Deposition: Testimony Concerning a Sickness in the introduction to later editions of Naked Lunch (first published in 1959), William S. Burroughs wrote that apomorphine treatment was the only effective cure to opioid addiction he has encountered:

The apomorphine cure is qualitatively different from other methods of cure. I have tried them all. Short reduction, slow reduction, cortisoneantihistaminestranquilizers, sleeping cures, tolserol, reserpine. None of these cures lasted beyond the first opportunity to relapse. I can say that I was never metabolically cured until I took the apomorphine cure… The doctor, John Yerbury Dent, explained to me that apomorphine acts on the back brain to regulate the metabolism and normalize the blood stream in such a way that the enzyme stream of addiction is destroyed over a period of four to five days. Once the back brain is regulated apomorphine can be discontinued and only used in case of relapse.

He goes on to lament the fact that as of his writing, little to no research has been done on apomorphine or variations of the drug to study its effects on curing addiction, and perhaps the possibility of retaining the positive effects while removing the side effect of vomiting.

Despite his claims throughout his life, Burroughs never really cured his addiction and was back to using opiates within years of his apomorphine “cure”.[59] However, he insisted on apomorphine’s effectiveness in several works and interviews.[citation needed]

Society and culture

  • Apomorphine has a vital part in Agatha Christie‘s detective story Sad Cypress.
  • The 1965 Tuli Kupferberg song “Hallucination Horrors” recommends apomorphine at the end of each verse as a cure for hallucinations brought on by a humorous variety of intoxicants; the song was recorded by The Fugs and appears on the album Virgin Fugs.

Research

There is renewed interest in the use of apomorphine to treat addiction, in both smoking cessation[60] and alcoholism.[61] As the drug is old, out of patent, and safe for use in humans, it is a viable target for repurposing.

Flow chart depicting the role of apomorphine in Alzheimer’s disease.

Apomorphine has been researched as a possible treatment for erectile dysfunction and female hypoactive sexual desire disorder, though the arousal effects were found not to be reliable enough. One large study found that only 39.4% got erections (compared to baseline 13.1); another found that apomorphine was successful 45–51% of the time, but the placebo also worked 36% of the time.[12][62] Nonetheless, it was under development as a treatment for erectile dysfunction by TAP Pharmaceuticals under the brand name Uprima. In 2000, TAP withdrew its new drug application after an FDA review panel raised questions about the drug’s safety, due to many clinical trial subjects fainting after taking the drug.[63]

Alzheimer’s disease

Apomorphine is reported to be an inhibitor of amyloid beta protein (Aβ) fiber formation, whose presence is a hallmark of Alzheimer’s disease (AD), and a potential therapeutic under the amyloid hypothesis.[64] While it promotes oligomerization of the Aβ40 group of molecules, it inhibits more advanced fibril formation; this is thought to be due to the autoxidation that occurs at the hydroxyl groups. Once this functional group was altered, the inhibitory effect could be seen to decrease, reducing either the indirect or direct interference of the fibril formation.[64]

The protective effects of apomorphine were tested in mouse models with mutations in genes related to AD, such as the amyloid precursor protein gene. Apomorphine was seen to significantly improve memory function through the increased successful completion of the Morris Water Maze. The levels of the aberrant proteins that lead to neuronal disruption were also tested in the brains of mice. Treatment was seen to decrease the intraneuronal levels of the more aggressive Aβ42 molecule when compared to the control mice. This result is consistent with the finding that another protein linked to AD, tau protein, was seen to decrease with apomorphine treatment.[65]

Veterinary use

Apomorphine is used to inducing vomiting in dogs the after ingestion of various toxins or foreign bodies. It can be given subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intravenously, or, when a tablet is crushed, in the conjunctiva of the eye.[66][67] The oral route is ineffective, as apomorphine cannot cross the blood–brain barrier fast enough, and blood levels don’t reach a high enough concentration to stimulate the chemoreceptor trigger zone.[66] It can remove around 40–60% of the contents in the stomach.[68]

One of the reasons apomorphine is a preferred drug is its reversibility:[69] in cases of prolonged vomiting, the apomorphine can be reversed with dopamine antagonists like the phenothiazines (for example, acepromazine). Giving apomorphine after giving acepromazine, however, will no longer stimulate vomiting, because apomorphine’s target receptors are already occupied.[66] An animal who undergoes severe respiratory depression due to apomorphine can be treated with naloxone.[66][67]

Apomorphine does not work in cats, who have too few dopamine receptors.[66]

PATENT

WO-2019141673

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019141673&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P12-JYQPE2-75984-1

Novel crystalline forms of apomorphine or its palmitate or hydrochloride salt useful treating acute myeloid leukemia, Parkinson’s disease, sexual dysfunction and solid tumors. Also claims the process for preparing apomorphine palmitic acid cocrystal salt.

Apomorphine (APO) is a commercial available medical drug with the chemical formula C-17H-17NO2 and structure:

Apomorphine (APO) has been described for treatment of different medical indications – for instance:

– WO2015/197839A1 : leukemia such as acute myeloid leukemia (AML);

– WO2016/103262A2: Parkinson’s disease;

– WO02/39879A2: sexual dysfunction in a patient taking antidepressant medication;

– W02004/082630A2: neurological function of an individual who has a brain injury.

Apomorphine hydrochloride (HCI) is a salt present in commercially available medical products (e.g. APO-Go® PFS or Apokyn®).

A common side effect of administering apomorphine hydrochloride by e.g. subcutaneous injection is e.g. the development of subcutaneous nodules at the injection site, which can become infected, necessitating treatment or surgical involvement.

In relation to this problem – above discussed WO2016/103262A2 describes an alternative solid form of apomorphine, which is e.g. an alcohol solvate crystal of apomorphine free base, wherein the solvate forming solvent is (C-|-C8) alkanol, preferably isopropanol (IPA – i.e. a solid crystalline form of apomorphine-IPA.

Palmitic acid (hexadecanoic acid in IUPAC nomenclature) is a fatty acid found with the chemical formula CH3(CH2)14COOH.

Palmitate is the salt and ester of palmitic acid.

A herein relevant synonyms name may e.g. be palmitoate.

Beside apomorphine hydrochloride, above discussed WO2015/197839A1 and W02004/082630A2 provide a list of other possible suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts – palmitic acid (or synonyms like palmitate or palmitoate) is not mentioned in the lists of these two WO documents.

As discussed in the review article of Schultheiss et al. (“Pharmaceutical Cocrystals and Their Physicochemical Properties”; Crystal Growth & Design, Vol. 9, No. 6, 2009, p. 2950-2967) – solid-state chemists call upon a variety of different strategies when attempting to alter the chemical and physical solid-state properties of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), namely, the formation of salts, polymorphs, hydrates, solvates, and cocrystals.

Salt formation is one of the primary solid-state approaches used to modify the physical properties of APIs, and it is estimated that over half of the medicines on the market are administered as salts. However, a limitation within this approach is that the API must possess a suitable (basic or acidic)

ionizable site. In comparison, cocrystals (multicomponent assemblies held together by freely reversible, noncovalent interactions) offer a different pathway, where any API regardless of acidic, basic, or ionizable groups, could potentially be cocrystallized.

Above discussed WO02/39879A2 also provides a long list of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts and mentions palmitoate (see page 5, line 16).

However, in all herein relevant experimental work of this WO document was used apomorphine hydrochloride and a palmitic acid based salt is simply mentioned in a list – i.e. a palmitic acid based salt is not a preferred salt.

Alternatively expressed, by reading this WO document the skilled person has in practice no motivation to use any other solid form than apomorphine-HCI – one reason for this is that apomor-phine-HCI is used in all herein relevant experimental work of this WO document.

PATENT

WO2018130685

claiming synergistic combination comprising antimetabolite antineoplastic agent (eg cytarabine ) and type 1 serotonin receptor antagonist (5-HTR1) (eg apomorphine ), useful for treating cancer.

SYN

SYN

Image result for Apomorphine SYNTHESIS

https://journals.lww.com/clinicalneuropharm/Abstract/2015/05000/Effective_Delivery_of_Apomorphine_in_the.3.aspx

PAPER

  • Small, L. et al.: J. Org. Chem. (JOCEAH) 5, 334 (1940)

References

  1. Jump up to:a b Millan MJ, Maiofiss L, Cussac D, Audinot V, Boutin JA, Newman-Tancredi A (November 2002). “Differential actions of antiparkinson agents at multiple classes of monoaminergic receptor. I. A multivariate analysis of the binding profiles of 14 drugs at 21 native and cloned human receptor subtypes”. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics303 (2): 791–804. doi:10.1124/jpet.102.039867PMID 12388666.
  2. ^ Guardia J, Casas M, Prat G, Trujols J, Segura L, Sánchez-Turet M (October 2002). “The apomorphine test: a biological marker for heroin dependence disorder?”. Addiction Biology7 (4): 421–6. doi:10.1080/1355621021000006206PMID 14578019.
  3. Jump up to:a b Dent JY (1949). “Apomorphine Treatment of Addiction”. British Journal of Addiction to Alcohol & Other Drugs46 (1): 15–28. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.1949.tb04502.x.
  4. ^ “Apomorphine Uses, Side Effects & Warnings”Drugs.com. Retrieved 27 February2018.
  5. Jump up to:a b c d e f Clayton BD, Willihnganz M (2016). Basic Pharmacology for Nurses – E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences. pp. 210–211. ISBN 978-0-323-37697-6.
  6. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m “Apomorphine Hydrochloride Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. Retrieved 26 February 2018.
  7. Jump up to:a b c Chaudhuri KR, Clough C (February 1998). “Subcutaneous apomorphine in Parkinson’s disease”BMJ316 (7132): 641. doi:10.1136/bmj.316.7132.641PMC 1112674PMID 9522772.
  8. Jump up to:a b Schapira AH, Olanow CW (2005). Principles of Treatment in Parkinson’s Disease(illustrated ed.). Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 35. ISBN 978-0-7506-5428-9.
  9. ^ Dressler D (June 2005). “[Apomorphine in the treatment of Parkinson’s Disease]”. Der Nervenarzt (in German). 76 (6): 681–9. doi:10.1007/s00115-004-1830-4PMID 15592807.
  10. Jump up to:a b c Youdim MB, Gassen M, Gross A, Mandel S, Grünblatt E (2000). “Iron chelating, antioxidant and cytoprotective properties of dopamine receptor agonist; apomorphine”. In Mizuno Y, Calne D, Horowski R, Poewe W, Riederer P, Youdim M (eds.). Advances in Research on Neurodegeneration7 (illustrated ed.). Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 83–96. ISBN 978-3-211-83485-5.
  11. ^ “Apomorphine”Medline Plus. US National Library of Medicine. 15 June 2017. Retrieved 26 February 2018.
  12. Jump up to:a b Porst H, Buvat J (2008). Standard Practice in Sexual Medicine. John Wiley & Sons. p. 77. ISBN 978-1-4051-7872-3.
  13. ^ Ptácek R, Kuzelová H, Stefano GB (September 2011). “Dopamine D4 receptor gene DRD4 and its association with psychiatric disorders”Medical Science Monitor17 (9): RA215–20. doi:10.12659/MSM.881925PMC 3560519PMID 21873960.
  14. ^ Stacy M, Silver D (2008). “Apomorphine for the acute treatment of “off” episodes in Parkinson’s disease”. Parkinsonism & Related Disorders14 (2): 85–92. doi:10.1016/j.parkreldis.2007.07.016PMID 18083605.
  15. Jump up to:a b c d e f g U.S. National Library of Medicine. “Apomorphine”PubChem. Retrieved 26 February 2018.
  16. ^ Lewitt P, Oertel WH (1999). Parkinsons’s Disease: The Treatment Options. CRC Press. p. 22. ISBN 978-1-85317-379-0.
  17. ^ Rektorova I, Sedlackova S, Telecka S, Hlubocky A, Rektor I (2008). “Dorsolateral prefrontal cortex: a possible target for modulating dyskinesias in Parkinson’s disease by repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation”International Journal of Biomedical Imaging2008: 372125. doi:10.1155/2008/372125PMC 2233877PMID 18274665.
  18. Jump up to:a b Galvez-Jimenez N (2013). Scientific Basis for the Treatment of Parkinson’s Disease, Second Edition. CRC Press. p. 195. ISBN 978-0-203-33776-9.
  19. Jump up to:a b Iversen L (2012). Biogenic Amine Receptors. Springer Science & Business Media. p. 238. ISBN 978-1-4684-8514-1.
  20. Jump up to:a b c Advances in Pharmacology and Chemotherapy, Volume 15. Silvio Garattini, A. Goldin, F. Hawking, Irwin J. Kopin. Academic Press. 1978. pp. 27, 93, 96. ISBN 978-0-08-058106-4.
  21. ^ Ohta M, Mizuta I, Ohta K, Nishimura M, Mizuta E, Hayashi K, Kuno S (May 2000). “Apomorphine up-regulates NGF and GDNF synthesis in cultured mouse astrocytes”. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications272 (1): 18–22. doi:10.1006/bbrc.2000.2732PMID 10872797.
  22. ^ McGeary JE, Gurel V, Knopik VS, Spaulding J, McMichael J (October 2011). “Effects of nerve growth factor (NGF), fluoxetine, and amitriptyline on gene expression profiles in rat brain”. Neuropeptides45 (5): 317–22. doi:10.1016/j.npep.2011.06.002PMID 21820738.
  23. ^ Heberlein A, Muschler M, Frieling H, Behr M, Eberlein C, Wilhelm J, Gröschl M, Kornhuber J, Bleich S, Hillemacher T (May 2013). “Epigenetic down regulation of nerve growth factor during alcohol withdrawal”. Addiction Biology18 (3): 508–10. doi:10.1111/j.1369-1600.2010.00307.xPMID 21392176.
  24. ^ Riviere JE, Papich MG (2009). Veterinary Pharmacology and Therapeutics. John Wiley & Sons. p. 318. ISBN 978-0-8138-2061-3.
  25. ^ Roth BL, Driscol J (12 January 2011). “PDSP Ki Database”Psychoactive Drug Screening Program (PDSP). University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the United States National Institute of Mental Health. Retrieved 1 July 2014. Note: Values for humans are used. If there is more than one value listed for humans, their average is used.
  26. ^ Newman-Tancredi A, Cussac D, Audinot V, Nicolas JP, De Ceuninck F, Boutin JA, Millan MJ (November 2002). “Differential actions of antiparkinson agents at multiple classes of monoaminergic receptor. II. Agonist and antagonist properties at subtypes of dopamine D(2)-like receptor and alpha(1)/alpha(2)-adrenoceptor”. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics303 (2): 805–14. doi:10.1124/jpet.102.039875PMID 12388667.
  27. ^ Newman-Tancredi A, Cussac D, Quentric Y, Touzard M, Verrièle L, Carpentier N, Millan MJ (November 2002). “Differential actions of antiparkinson agents at multiple classes of monoaminergic receptor. III. Agonist and antagonist properties at serotonin, 5-HT(1) and 5-HT(2), receptor subtypes”. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics303 (2): 815–22. doi:10.1124/jpet.102.039883PMID 12388668.
  28. ^ Hsieh GC, Hollingsworth PR, Martino B, Chang R, Terranova MA, O’Neill AB, Lynch JJ, Moreland RB, Donnelly-Roberts DL, Kolasa T, Mikusa JP, McVey JM, Marsh KC, Sullivan JP, Brioni JD (January 2004). “Central mechanisms regulating penile erection in conscious rats: the dopaminergic systems related to the proerectile effect of apomorphine”. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics308 (1): 330–8. doi:10.1124/jpet.103.057455PMID 14569075.
  29. ^ Lewis, R.J. Sr. (2004). Sax’s Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials (11 ed.). Wiley, John & Sons, Incorporated. p. 287. ISBN 978-0471476627.
  30. Jump up to:a b Narayanasamy Gurusamy. “Process for making apomorphine and apocodeine”.
  31. ^ Bentley, K.W. (2014-04-24). The Isoquinoline Alkaloids: A Course in Organic Chemistry. Elsevier, 2014. pp. 118–120. ISBN 978-1483152233.
  32. ^ Poklis JL, Mulder HA, Halquist MS, Wolf CE, Poklis A, Peace MR (July 2017). “The Blue Lotus Flower (Nymphea caerulea) Resin Used in a New Type of Electronic Cigarette, the Re-Buildable Dripping Atomizer”Journal of Psychoactive Drugs49 (3): 175–181. doi:10.1080/02791072.2017.1290304PMC 5638439PMID 28266899.
  33. ^ Bertol E, Fineschi V, Karch SB, Mari F, Riezzo I (February 2004). “Nymphaea cults in ancient Egypt and the New World: a lesson in empirical pharmacology”Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine97 (2): 84–5. doi:10.1177/014107680409700214PMC 1079300PMID 14749409.
  34. ^ Taba P, Lees A, Stern G (2013). “Erich Harnack (1852-1915) and a short history of apomorphine”. European Neurology69 (6): 321–4. doi:10.1159/000346762PMID 23549143.
  35. ^ Gee S (1869). “On the action of a new organic base, apomorphia”. Transactions of the Clinical Society of London2: 166–169.
  36. ^ Feser J (1873). “Die in neuester Zeit in Anwendung gekommen Arzneimittel: 1. Apomorphinum hydrochloratum”. Z Prakt Veterinairwiss: 302–306.
  37. ^ Tompkins J (1899). “Apomorphine in Acute Alcoholic Delirium”. Medical Record.
  38. ^ “Apomorphine as a hypnotic”. The Lancet155 (3998): 1083. 1900. doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(01)70565-x.
  39. ^ Douglas CJ (1899). “The withdrawal of alcohol in delirium tremens”. The New York Medical Journal: 626.
  40. ^ Hare, Francis (1912). On alcoholism; its clinical aspects and treatment. London: Churchill.
  41. ^ Benes FM (January 2001). “Carlsson and the discovery of dopamine”. Trends in Pharmacological Sciences22 (1): 46–7. doi:10.1016/S0165-6147(00)01607-2PMID 11165672.
  42. ^ Ernst AM (May 1965). “Relation between the action of dopamine and apomorphine and their O-methylated derivatives upon the CNS”. Psychopharmacologia7 (6): 391–9. doi:10.1007/BF00402361PMID 5831877.
  43. ^ Moynihan NH (1965). “The Treatment of Alcoholism in General Practice”. Practitioner: 223–7.
  44. ^ Carlsson C, Johansson PR, Gullberg B (May 1977). “A double-blind cross-over study: apomorphine/placebo in chronic alcoholics”. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and Biopharmacy15 (5): 211–3. PMID 326687.
  45. ^ Halvorsen KA, Martensen-Larsen O (April 1978). “Apomorphine revived: fortified, prolonged, and improved therapeutical effect”. The International Journal of the Addictions13 (3): 475–84. doi:10.3109/10826087809045262PMID 352969.
  46. ^ Jensen SB, Christoffersen CB, Noerregaard A (December 1977). “Apomorphine in outpatient treatment of alcohol intoxication and abstinence: a double-blind study”. The British Journal of Addiction to Alcohol and Other Drugs72 (4): 325–30. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.1977.tb00699.xPMID 341937.
  47. ^ Schlatter EK, Lal S (June 1972). “Treatment of alcoholism with Dent’s oral apomorphine method”. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol33 (2): 430–6. PMID 5033142.
  48. ^ Weil E (1884). “De l’apomorphine dans certain troubles nerveux”. Lyon Med (in French). 48: 411–419.
  49. ^ Schwab RS, Amador LV, Lettvin JY (1951). “Apomorphine in Parkinson’s disease”. Transactions of the American Neurological Association56: 251–3. PMID 14913646.
  50. ^ Cotzias GC, Papavasiliou PS, Fehling C, Kaufman B, Mena I (January 1970). “Similarities between neurologic effects of L-dopa and of apomorphine”. The New England Journal of Medicine282 (1): 31–3. doi:10.1056/NEJM197001012820107PMID 4901383.
  51. ^ Corsini GU, Del Zompo M, Gessa GL, Mangoni A (May 1979). “Therapeutic efficacy of apomorphine combined with an extracerebral inhibitor of dopamine receptors in Parkinson’s disease”. Lancet1 (8123): 954–6. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(79)91725-2PMID 87620.
  52. ^ Stibe CM, Kempster P, Lees AJ & Stern GM (1988). “Subcutaneous apomorphine in parkinsonian on-off oscillations”. Lancet331 (8582): 403–406. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(88)91193-2.
  53. ^ Ban TA (2008). Conditioning behavior and psychiatry. New Brunswick [N.J.]: AldineTransaction. ISBN 978-0-202-36235-9OCLC 191318001.
  54. ^ Raikhel EA (2016). Governing habits : treating alcoholism in the post-Soviet clinic. Ithaca. ISBN 9781501703133OCLC 965905763.
  55. ^ Lemere F, Voegtlin WL (June 1950). “An evaluation of the aversion treatment of alcoholism”. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol11 (2): 199–204. PMID 15424345.
  56. ^ Dent JY (1934-10-01). “Apomorphine in the Treatment of Anxiety States, with Especial Reference to Alcoholism*”. British Journal of Inebriety32 (2): 65–88. doi:10.1111/j.1360-0443.1934.tb05016.xISSN 1360-0443.
  57. ^ De Morsier G, Feldmann H (1952). “[Apomorphine therapy of alcoholism; report of 500 cases]”. Schweizer Archiv für Neurologie und Psychiatrie. Archives Suisses de Neurologie et de Psychiatrie. Archivio Svizzero di Neurologia e Psichiatria70 (2): 434–40. PMID 13075975.
  58. ^ “Gay injustice ‘was widespread. 2009-09-12. Retrieved 2018-01-24.
  59. ^ Birmingham, Jed (2 November 2009). “William Burroughs and the History of Heroin”RealityStudio.
  60. ^ Morales-Rosado JA, Cousin MA, Ebbert JO, Klee EW (December 2015). “A Critical Review of Repurposing Apomorphine for Smoking Cessation”. Assay and Drug Development Technologies13 (10): 612–22. doi:10.1089/adt.2015.680PMID 26690764.
  61. ^ “Apomorphine – A forgotten treatment for alcoholism”apomorphine.info. Retrieved 2018-01-24.
  62. ^ IsHak, Waguih William (2017). The Textbook of Clinical Sexual Medicine. Springer. p. 388. ISBN 978-3-319-52539-6.
  63. ^ “Abbott Withdraws Application for an Impotence Pill”Bloomberg News via The New York Times. 1 July 2000.
  64. Jump up to:a b Lashuel HA, Hartley DM, Balakhaneh D, Aggarwal A, Teichberg S, Callaway DJ (November 2002). “New class of inhibitors of amyloid-beta fibril formation. Implications for the mechanism of pathogenesis in Alzheimer’s disease”. The Journal of Biological Chemistry277 (45): 42881–90. doi:10.1074/jbc.M206593200PMID 12167652.
  65. ^ Himeno E, Ohyagi Y, Ma L, Nakamura N, Miyoshi K, Sakae N, Motomura K, Soejima N, Yamasaki R, Hashimoto T, Tabira T, LaFerla FM, Kira J (February 2011). “Apomorphine treatment in Alzheimer mice promoting amyloid-β degradation” (PDF)Annals of Neurology69 (2): 248–56. doi:10.1002/ana.22319PMID 21387370.
  66. Jump up to:a b c d e Bill RL (2016). Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics for Veterinary Technicians – E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 94. ISBN 978-0-323-44402-6.
  67. Jump up to:a b Khan SN, Hooser SB (2012). Common Toxicologic Issues in Small Animals, an Issue of Veterinary Clinics: Small Animal Practice – E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 310. ISBN 978-1-4557-4325-4.
  68. ^ Plumb, Donald C. (2011). “Apomorphine”. Plumb’s Veterinary Drug Handbook (7th ed.). Stockholm, Wisconsin: Wiley. pp. 77–79. ISBN 978-0-470-95964-0.
  69. ^ Peterson ME, Talcott PA (2006). Small Animal Toxicology. Elsevier Health Sciences. p. 131. ISBN 978-0-7216-0639-2.
Apomorphine
Apomorphine2DCSD.svg
Apomorphine-3D-balls.png
Clinical data
Trade names Apokyn
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a604020
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
SQ
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • AU: S4 (Prescription only)
  • CA℞-only
  • UK: POM (Prescription only)
  • US: ℞-only
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 100% following injection
Protein binding ~50%
Metabolism Hepaticphase II
Onset of action 10–20 min
Elimination half-life 40 minutes
Duration of action 60–90 min
Excretion Hepatic
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.000.327 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C17H17NO2
Molar mass 267.322 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Apomorphine

    • ATC:N04BC07
  • Use:emetic, erectile dysfunction
  • Chemical name:(R)-5,6,6a,7-tetrahydro-6-methyl-4H-dibenzo[de,g]quinoline-10,11-diol
  • Formula:C17H17NO2
  • MW:267.33 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:58-00-4
  • InChI Key:VMWNQDUVQKEIOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C17H17NO2/c1-18-8-7-10-3-2-4-12-15(10)13(18)9-11-5-6-14(19)17(20)16(11)12/h2-6,13,19-20H,7-9H2,1H3
  • EINECS:200-360-0
  • LD50:56 mg/kg (M, i.v.); >100 mg/kg (M, p.o.)

///////////// LK-01,  LK 01 ,  LK01, Apomorphine

CN1CCC2=C3C1CC4=C(C3=CC=C2)C(=C(C=C4)O)O.CN1CCC2=C3C1CC4=C(C3=CC=C2)C(=C(C=C4)O)O.O.Cl.Cl

SYN 01

$
0
0

SYN-01, SYN-510

Synthena AG

Preclinical

Synthena , presumed to be under license from  University of Bern , is investigating (presumably SYN-01 ), a lead from the tricyclo(tc)-DNA based antisense oligonucleotides (AON) developed using its proprietary tricyclo-DNA technology platform, for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy. In January 2017, the drug was listed as being in preclinical development.

Patent

WO-2019142135

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019142135&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P22-JYQVON-19722-1

Process for preparing tricyclo-deoxyribonucleic acid (tc-DNA) which may be used as building blocks for tc-DNA containing antisense oligonucleotide-based therapies.

Antisense technology is an effective means for reducing the expression of specific gene products and can therefore be useful in therapeutic, diagnostic, and research applications.

Generally, the principle behind antisense technology is that an antisense oligomeric compound (a sequence of nucleotides or analogues thereof) hybridizes to a target nucleic acid and modulates gene expression activities or function, such as transcription and/or translation.

[003] Antisense oligomeric compounds may be prepared from chemically-modified antisense oligonucleotides, which may include a variety of different structural variations depending upon the therapeutic strategy. For example, tricyclo-deoxyribonucleic acids (tc-DNA) are conformationally constrained DNA analogs.

[004] There is a need in the field for processes that allow for the bulk preparation of tc-DNA nucleoside precursors that may be used as building blocks for tc-DNA containing antisense oligonucleotide-based therapies.

Example 4 – Cvclopropanation of Compound 17 with Carbenoid Prepared from CH2I2 and Et2Zn in the Absence of Additives

[00127] According to the following scheme, compound 17 was converted to tc-DNA Nucleoside Precursor 18 using the cyclopropanation conditions set forth in Examples 4 to 7 :

[00128] 1.07 g purified a-anomer (3.736 mmol) 17 was dissolved in 37 ml of dry CH2C12 and cooled to 0 °C (ice). Subsequently, 22.3 ml (22.3 mmol, 6 eq.) Et2Zn 1.0 M in hexane (Aldrich) were added dropwise and stirred under Ar for 30 min at 0 °C. Then, 3.02 ml (37.2 mmol, 10 eq.) of CH2I2 were added dropwise over 15 min at the same temperature and stirred for further 2 h at 0 °C. Afterwards the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for additional 21 h at ambient temperature. TLC showed substantial amount of unreacted a- 17. It was diluted by addition of EtOAc and quenched with 50 mL of sat. aqueous NH4Cl. Extractive work-up provided 1.79 g of crude which was purified by chromatography on silica-gel giving 0.43 g (39%) of 18 and 0.49 g of mixture of compound 17 and 18 (approximately 20:80).

PATENT

WO2018193428

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2018193428

claiming a composition comprising an oligomeric compound having tricyclo-deoxyribonucleic acid (tc-DNA) nucleosides and a lipid moiety.

EXAMPLE 1

Inventive compositions for the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy

Evaluation of efficacy

[00464] Adult mdx mice were treated weekly over 4 weeks with intravenous injections of different 13-mer AONs targeting the donor splice site of exon 23 of the dystrophin pre-mRNA (M23D: +2-11), namely with either SY-0308, SY-0210 and the inventive SY-0299, SY-0343, SY-0442 and SY-0455. SY-0308 (also named “tcDNA-PO M23D” interchangeably herein) corresponds to p-CCTCGGCTTACCT-OH of SEQ ID NO: l, with all nucleotides being tc-DNAs and all internucleosidic linkage groups being phosphorodiester linkage groups, and p being a phosphate moiety at the 5′ end. SY-0210 (also named “tcDNA-PS M23D” interchangeably herein) corresponds to p-CCTCGGCTTACCT-OH of SEQ ID NO: 1, with all nucleotides being tc-DNAs and all internucleosidic linkage groups being phosphorothioate linkage groups, and p being a phosphate moiety at the 5′ end. The inventive composition SY-0343 is herein interchangeably referred to as “Palm-2PS-tcDNA-PO M23D” which is depicted in the following:

[00465] The inventive composition SY-0442 is herein interchangeably referred to as “Palm-lPS-tcDNA-PO M23D” which is depicted in the following:

[00466] The inventive composition SY-0299 is herein interchangeably referred to as “Palm-2PO-tcDNA-PO M23D” which is depicted in the following:

//////////////////SYN-01, SYN 01, SYN01, preclinical , Duchenne muscular dystrophy, University of Bern,

PF-06651600

$
0
0

Image result for PF-06651600

Image result for PF-06651600

Image result for PF-06651600

PF-06651600

CAS 1792180-81-4

C₁₅H₁₉N₅O, 285.34, UNII-2OYE00PC25

1-((2S,5R)-5-((7H-Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one

Image result for PF-06651600

 1-[(2S,5R)-2-Methyl-5-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-1-piperidinyl]-2-propen-1-one malonate

PF-06651600 malonate
CAS: 2140301-97-7 (malonate)
Chemical Formula: C18H23N5O5

Molecular Weight: 389.412

PHASE 2  alopecia areata, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn’s disease, and ulcerative colitis.

PF-06651600 is a potent and selective JAK3 inhibitor. PF-06651600 is a potent and low clearance compound with demonstrated in vivo efficacy. The favorable efficacy and safety profile of this JAK3-specific inhibitor PF-06651600 led to its evaluation in several human clinical studies. JAK3 was among the first of the JAKs targeted for therapeutic intervention due to the strong validation provided by human SCID patients displaying JAK3 deficiencies

Pfizer has established a leading kinase research capability with multiple unique kinase inhibitors in development as potential medicines. PF-06651600 is a highly selective and orally bioavailable Janus Kinase 3 (JAK3) inhibitor that represents a potential immunomodulatory therapy. With the favorable efficacy, safety profile, and ADME properties, this JAK3-specific covalent inhibitor has been under clinical investigation for the treatment of alopecia areata, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn’s disease, and ulcerative colitis. Supported by positive results from a Phase 2 study, 1 was granted Breakthrough Therapy designation by the FDA on Sept. 5, 2018 for treatment of alopecia areata.

SYN

PAPER

J. Med. Chem. 201760 (5), 19711993DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.6b01694

https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.jmedchem.6b01694

Paper

Process Development and Scale Up of a Selective JAK3 Covalent Inhibitor PF-06651600, 

Yong Tao*

Cite This:Org. Process Res. Dev.2019XXXXXXXXXX-XXX

Publication Date:July 19, 2019

https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.oprd.9b00198

A scalable process for PF-06651600 (1) has been developed through successful enabling of the first generation syntheis. The synthesis highlights include the following: (1) replacement of costly PtO2 with a less expensive 5% Rh/C catalyst for a pyridine hydrogenation, (2) identification of a diasteroemeric salt crystallization to isolate the enantiomerically pure cis-isomer directly from a racemic mixture of cis/trans isomers, (3) a high yielding amidation via Schotten–Baumann conditions, and (4) critical development of a reproducible crystallization procedure for a stable crystalline salt (1·TsOH), which is suitable for long-term storage and tablet formulation. All chromatographic purifications, including two chiral SFC chromatographic separations, were eliminated. Combined with other improvements in each step of the synthesis, the overall yield was increased from 5% to 14%. Several multikilogram batches of the API have been delivered to support clinical studies.

https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.oprd.9b00198

1-((2S,5R)-5-((7H-Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one p-Toluenesulfonate (1·TsOH)

1·TsOH (4.41 kg, 9.64 mol) as a white powder in 89.6% yield (accounting for the amount of seed charged). Achiral HPLC purity: 99.6% with 0.22% of dimer 15. Chiral SFC purity: >99.7%. Mp 199 °C. Rotomers observed for NMR spectroscopies. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 12.68 (brs, 1H), 9.22 (brs, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.13 (m, 1H), 5.70 (m, 1H), 4.81 (m, 0.5H), 4.54 (m, 0.5H), 4.41 (m, 0.5H), 4.12 (m, 0.5H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 0.5H), 2.82 (m, 0.5H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 1.91–1.72 (m, 4H), 1.24–1.17 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 165.52, 165.13, 150.50, 145.64, 143.06, 138.48, 129.51, 129.24, 128.67, 127.99, 127.73, 125.97, 125.02, 102.30, 49.53, 48.92, 47.27, 43.83, 42.96, 29.37, 28.41, 25.22, 21.28, 16.97, 15.51. HRMS (ESI) m/z: calculated for C15H20N5O [M + H]+286.1668; observed 286.1692.

PAPER

Telliez JB, et al. Discovery of a JAK3-Selective Inhibitor: Functional Differentiation of JAK3-Selective Inhibition over pan-JAK or JAK1-Selective Inhibition. ACS Chem Biol. 2016 Dec 16;11(12):3442-3451.

PATENT

WO 2015083028

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2015083028A1

REFERENCES

1: D’Amico F, Fiorino G, Furfaro F, Allocca M, Danese S. Janus kinase inhibitors for the treatment of inflammatory bowel diseases: developments from phase I and phase II clinical trials. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2018 Jul;27(7):595-599. doi: 10.1080/13543784.2018.1492547. Epub 2018 Jul 6. Review. PubMed PMID: 29938545.

2: Robinette ML, Cella M, Telliez JB, Ulland TK, Barrow AD, Capuder K, Gilfillan S, Lin LL, Notarangelo LD, Colonna M. Jak3 deficiency blocks innate lymphoid cell development. Mucosal Immunol. 2018 Jan;11(1):50-60. doi: 10.1038/mi.2017.38. Epub 2017 May 17. PubMed PMID: 28513593; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC5693788.

3: Thorarensen A, Dowty ME, Banker ME, Juba B, Jussif J, Lin T, Vincent F, Czerwinski RM, Casimiro-Garcia A, Unwalla R, Trujillo JI, Liang S, Balbo P, Che Y, Gilbert AM, Brown MF, Hayward M, Montgomery J, Leung L, Yang X, Soucy S, Hegen M, Coe J, Langille J, Vajdos F, Chrencik J, Telliez JB. Design of a Janus Kinase 3 (JAK3) Specific Inhibitor 1-((2S,5R)-5-((7H-Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)prop -2-en-1-one (PF-06651600) Allowing for the Interrogation of JAK3 Signaling in Humans. J Med Chem. 2017 Mar 9;60(5):1971-1993. doi: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.6b01694. Epub 2017 Feb 16. PubMed PMID: 28139931.

4: Telliez JB, Dowty ME, Wang L, Jussif J, Lin T, Li L, Moy E, Balbo P, Li W, Zhao Y, Crouse K, Dickinson C, Symanowicz P, Hegen M, Banker ME, Vincent F, Unwalla R, Liang S, Gilbert AM, Brown MF, Hayward M, Montgomery J, Yang X, Bauman J, Trujillo JI, Casimiro-Garcia A, Vajdos FF, Leung L, Geoghegan KF, Quazi A, Xuan D, Jones L, Hett E, Wright K, Clark JD, Thorarensen A. Discovery of a JAK3-Selective Inhibitor: Functional Differentiation of JAK3-Selective Inhibition over pan-JAK or JAK1-Selective Inhibition. ACS Chem Biol. 2016 Dec 16;11(12):3442-3451. Epub 2016 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 27791347.

5: Walker G, Croasdell G. The European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) – 17th Annual European Congress of Rheumatology (June 8-11, 2016 – London, UK). Drugs Today (Barc). 2016 Jun;52(6):355-60. doi: 10.1358/dot.2016.52.6.2516435. PubMed PMID: 27458612.

////////////PF-06651600, PF 06651600, PF06651600, Breakthrough Therapy designation, PHASE 2,   alopecia areata, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn’s disease,  ulcerative colitis,

C=CC(N1[C@@H](C)CC[C@@H](NC2=C3C(NC=C3)=NC=N2)C1)=O

PF 04965842, Abrocitinib

$
0
0

PF-04965842, >=98% (HPLC).png

img

2D chemical structure of 1622902-68-4

PF-04965842

PF 04965842, Abrocitinib

UNII: 73SM5SF3OR

CAS Number 1622902-68-4, Empirical Formula  C14H21N5O2S, Molecular Weight 323.41

N-[cis-3-(Methyl-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)cyclobutyl]-1-propanesulfonamide,

N-((1s,3s)-3-(methyl(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino)cyclobutyl)propane-1-sulfonamide

1-Propanesulfonamide, N-(cis-3-(methyl-7H-pyrrolo(2,3-d)pyrimidin-4-ylamino)cyclobutyl)-

N-{cis-3-[Methyl(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]cyclobutyl}-propane-1-sulfonamide

PHASE 3, for the potential oral treatment of moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis (AD)

Jak1 tyrosine kinase inhibitor

THE US

In February 2018, the FDA granted Breakthrough Therapy designation for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe AD

PHASEIII

In December 2017, a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel-group, phase III trial (NCT03349060; JADE Mono-1; JADE; B7451012; 2017-003651-29) of PF-04965842 began in patients aged 12 years and older (expected n = 375) with moderate-to-severe AD

PRODUCT PATENT

Pub. No.: WO/2014/128591 International Application No.: PCT/IB2014/058889
Publication Date: 28.08.2014 International Filing Date: 11.02.2014

EXPIRY  Roughly 2034

form powder
color white to beige
solubility DMSO: 10 mg/mL, clear
storage temp. room temp
    Biochem/physiol Actions
    • PF-04965842 is a Janus Kinase (JAK) inhibitor selective for JAK1 with an IC50value of 29 nM for JAK1 compared to 803 nM for JAK2, >10000 nM for JAK3 and 1250 nM for Tyk2. JAKs mediate cytokine signaling, and are involved in cell proliferation and differentiation. PF-04965842 has been investigated as a possible treatment for psoriasis.
  • Originator Pfizer
  • Class Skin disorder therapies; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Janus kinase 1 inhibitors

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase IIIAtopic dermatitis
  • DiscontinuedLupus vulgaris; Plaque psoriasis

Most Recent Events

  • 08 Mar 2018Phase-III clinical trials in Atopic dermatitis (In children, In adults, In adolescents) in USA (PO) (NCT03422822)
  • 14 Feb 2018PF 4965842 receives Breakthrough Therapy status for Atopic dermatitis in USA
  • 06 Feb 2018Pfizer plans the phase III JADE EXTEND trial for Atopic Dermatitis (In children, In adults, In adolescents) in March 2018 (PO) (NCT03422822)

This compound was developed by Pfizer for Kinase Phosphatase Biology research. To learn more about Sigma′s partnership with Pfizer and view other authentic, high-quality Pfizer compounds,

Image result for PF-04965842

PF-04965842 is an oral Janus Kinase 1 inhibitor being investigated for treatment of plaque psoriasis.

Protein kinases are families of enzymes that catalyze the phosphorylation of specific residues in proteins, broadly classified into tyrosine and serine/threonine kinases. Inappropriate kinase activity, arising from mutation, over-expression, or inappropriate regulation, dys-regulation or de-regulation, as well as over- or under-production of growth factors or cytokines has been i mplicated in many diseases, including but not limited to cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies, asthma and other respiratory diseases, autoimmune d iseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic disorders, and neurological and neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer’s disease. Inappropriate kinase activity triggers a variety of biological cellular responses relating to cell growth, cell differentiation , survival, apoptosis, mitogenesis, cell cycle control, and cel l mobility implicated in the aforementioned and related diseases.

Thus, protein kinases have emerged as an important class of enzymes as targets for therapeutic intervention. In particular, the JAK family of cellular protein tyrosine kinases (JAK1, JAK2, JAK3, and Tyk2) play a central role in cytoki ne signaling (Kisseleva et al., Gene, 2002, 285 , 1; Yamaoka et al. Genome Biology 2004, 5, 253)). Upon binding to their receptors, cytokines activate JAK which then phosphorylate the cytokine receptor, thereby creating docking sites for signaling molecules, notably, members of the signal transducer and activator of transcription (STAT) family that ultimately lead to gene expression. Numerous cytokines are known to activate the JAK family. These cytokines include, the IFN family (IFN-alpha, IFN-beta, IFN-omega, Limitin, IFN-gamma, IL- 10, IL- 19, IL-20, IL-22), the gp 130 family (IL-6, IL- 11, OSM, LIF, CNTF, NNT- 1//SF-3, G-CSF, CT- 1, Leptin, IL- 12 , I L-23), gamma C family (IL-2 , I L-7, TSLP, IL-9, IL- 15 , IL-21, IL-4, I L- 13), IL-3 family (IL-3 , IL-5 , GM-CSF), single chain family (EPO, GH, PRL, TPO), receptor tyrosine kinases (EGF, PDGF, CSF- 1, HGF), and G-protein coupled receptors (ATI).

There remains a need for new compounds that effectively and selectively inhibit specific JAK enzymes, and JAK1 in particular, vs. JAK2. JAK1 is a member of the Janus family of protein kinases composed of JAK1, JAK2, JAK3 and TYK2. JAK1 is expressed to various levels in all tissues. Many cytokine receptors signal through pairs of JAK kinases in the following combinations: JAK1/JAK2, JAK1/JAK3, JAK1/TYK2 , JAK2/TYK2 or JAK2/JAK2. JAK1 is the most broadly

paired JAK kinase in this context and is required for signaling by γ-common (IL-2Rγ) cytokine receptors, IL—6 receptor family, Type I, II and III receptor families and IL- 10 receptor family. Animal studies have shown that JAK1 is required for the development, function and homeostasis of the immune system. Modulation of immune activity through inhibition of JAK1 kinase activity can prove useful in the treatment of various immune disorders (Murray, P.J.

J. Immunol., 178, 2623-2629 (2007); Kisseleva, T., et al., Gene, 285 , 1-24 (2002); O’Shea, J . J., et al., Ceil , 109, (suppl .) S121-S131 (2002)) while avoiding JAK2 dependent erythropoietin (EPO) and thrombopoietin (TPO) signaling (Neubauer H., et al., Cell, 93(3), 397-409 (1998);

Parganas E., et al., Cell, 93(3), 385-95 (1998)).

Figure

Tofacitinib (1), baricitinib (2), and ruxolitinib (3)

SYNTHESIS 5+1 =6 steps

Main synthesis

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 61(3), 1130-1152; 2018

INTERMEDIATE

CN 105732637

ONE STEP

CAS 479633-63-1,  7H-Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, 4-chloro-7-[(4- methylphenyl)sulfonyl]-

Image result for PF-04965842

Pfizer Receives Breakthrough Therapy Designation from FDA for PF-04965842, an oral JAK1 Inhibitor, for the Treatment of Patients with Moderate-to-Severe Atopic Dermatitis

Wednesday, February 14, 2018 8:30 am EST

Dateline:

NEW YORK

Public Company Information:

NYSE:
PFE
US7170811035
“We look forward to working closely with the FDA throughout our ongoing Phase 3 development program with the hope of ultimately bringing this important new treatment option to these patients.”

NEW YORK–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Pfizer Inc. (NYSE:PFE) today announced its once-daily oral Janus kinase 1 (JAK1) inhibitor PF-04965842 received Breakthrough Therapy designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of patients with moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis (AD). The Phase 3 program for PF-04965842 initiated in December and is the first trial in the J AK1 A topic D ermatitis E fficacy and Safety (JADE) global development program.

“Achieving Breakthrough Therapy Designation is an important milestone not only for Pfizer but also for patients living with the often devastating impact of moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis, their providers and caregivers,” said Michael Corbo, Chief Development Officer, Inflammation & Immunology, Pfizer Global Product Development. “We look forward to working closely with the FDA throughout our ongoing Phase 3 development program with the hope of ultimately bringing this important new treatment option to these patients.”

Breakthrough Therapy Designation was initiated as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) signed in 2012. As defined by the FDA, a breakthrough therapy is a drug intended to be used alone or in combination with one or more other drugs to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. If a drug is designated as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA will expedite the development and review of such drug.1

About PF-04965842 and Pfizer’s Kinase Inhibitor Leadership

PF-04965842 is an oral small molecule that selectively inhibits Janus kinase (JAK) 1. Inhibition of JAK1 is thought to modulate multiple cytokines involved in pathophysiology of AD including interleukin (IL)-4, IL-13, IL-31 and interferon gamma.

Pfizer has established a leading kinase research capability with multiple unique kinase inhibitor therapies in development. As a pioneer in JAK science, the Company is advancing several investigational programs with novel selectivity profiles, which, if successful, could potentially deliver transformative therapies for patients. Pfizer has three additional kinase inhibitors in Phase 2 development across multiple indications:

  • PF-06651600: A JAK3 inhibitor under investigation for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis, ulcerative colitis and alopecia areata
  • PF-06700841: A tyrosine kinase 2 (TYK2)/JAK1 inhibitor under investigation for the treatment of psoriasis, ulcerative colitis and alopecia areata
  • PF-06650833: An interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinase 4 (IRAK4) inhibitor under investigation for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis

Working together for a healthier world®

At Pfizer, we apply science and our global resources to bring therapies to people that extend and significantly improve their lives. We strive to set the standard for quality, safety and value in the discovery, development and manufacture of health care products. Our global portfolio includes medicines and vaccines as well as many of the world’s best-known consumer health care products. Every day, Pfizer colleagues work across developed and emerging markets to advance wellness, prevention, treatments and cures that challenge the most feared diseases of our time. Consistent with our responsibility as one of the world’s premier innovative biopharmaceutical companies, we collaborate with health care providers, governments and local communities to support and expand access to reliable, affordable health care around the world. For more than 150 years, we have worked to make a difference for all who rely on us. We routinely post information that may be important to investors on our website at www.pfizer.com. In addition, to learn more, please visit us on www.pfizer.com and follow us on Twitter at @Pfizer and @Pfizer_NewsLinkedInYouTube and like us on Facebook at Facebook.com/Pfizer.

DISCLOSURE NOTICE: The information contained in this release is as of February 14, 2018. Pfizer assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements contained in this release as the result of new information or future events or developments.

This release contains forward-looking information about PF-04965842 and Pfizer’s ongoing investigational programs in kinase inhibitor therapies, including their potential benefits, that involves substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Risks and uncertainties include, among other things, the uncertainties inherent in research and development, including the ability to meet anticipated clinical trial commencement and completion dates and regulatory submission dates, as well as the possibility of unfavorable clinical trial results, including unfavorable new clinical data and additional analyses of existing data; risks associated with preliminary data; the risk that clinical trial data are subject to differing interpretations, and, even when we view data as sufficient to support the safety and/or effectiveness of a product candidate, regulatory authorities may not share our views and may require additional data or may deny approval altogether; whether regulatory authorities will be satisfied with the design of and results from our clinical studies; whether and when drug applications may be filed in any jurisdictions for any potential indication for PF-04965842 or any other investigational kinase inhibitor therapies; whether and when any such applications may be approved by regulatory authorities, which will depend on the assessment by such regulatory authorities of the benefit-risk profile suggested by the totality of the efficacy and safety information submitted, and, if approved, whether PF-04965842 or any such other investigational kinase inhibitor therapies will be commercially successful; decisions by regulatory authorities regarding labeling, safety and other matters that could affect the availability or commercial potential of PF-04965842 or any other investigational kinase inhibitor therapies; and competitive developments.

A further description of risks and uncertainties can be found in Pfizer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and in its subsequent reports on Form 10-Q, including in the sections thereof captioned “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Information and Factors That May Affect Future Results”, as well as in its subsequent reports on Form 8-K, all of which are filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and available at www.sec.gov  and www.pfizer.com .

Image result for PF-04965842

# # # # #

1 Food and Drug Administration Fact Sheet Breakthrough Therapies at https://www.fda.gov/RegulatoryInformation/LawsEnforcedbyFDA/SignificantAmendmentstotheFDCAct/FDASIA/ucm329491.htmaccessed on January 25, 2018

PATENT

CA 2899888

PATENT

WO 2014128591

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf;jsessionid=6767BBB5964A985E88C9251B6DF3182B.wapp2nB?docId=WO2014128591&recNum=233&maxRec=8235&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=EN_ALL%3Anmr+AND+PA%3Apfizer&tab=PCTDescription

PFIZER INC. [US/US]; 235 East 42nd Street New York, New York 10017 (US)

BROWN, Matthew Frank; (US).
FENWICK, Ashley Edward; (US).
FLANAGAN, Mark Edward; (US).
GONZALES, Andrea; (US).
JOHNSON, Timothy Allan; (US).
KAILA, Neelu; (US).
MITTON-FRY, Mark J.; (US).
STROHBACH, Joseph Walter; (US).
TENBRINK, Ruth E.; (US).
TRZUPEK, John David; (US).
UNWALLA, Rayomand Jal; (US).
VAZQUEZ, Michael L.; (US).
PARIKH, Mihir, D.; (US)

COMPD 2

str1

Example 2 : N-{cis-3-[Methyl(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]cyclobutyl}-propane- l -sulƒonamide

This compound was prepared using 1-propanesulfonyl chloride. The crude compound was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with a mixture of dichloromethane and methanol (93 : 7) to afford the title compound as a tan sol id (78% yield). 1NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.60 (br s, 1 H), 8.08 (s, 1 H), 7.46 (d, 1 H), 7.12 (d, 1 H), 6.61 (d, 1 H), 4.81-4.94 (m, 1 H), 3.47-3.62 (m, 1 H), 3.23 (s, 3 H), 2.87-2.96 (m, 2 H), 2.52-2.63 (m, 2 H), 2.14-2.27 (m, 2 H) 1.60- 1.73 (m, 2 H) 0.96 (t, 3 H). LC/MS (exact mass) calculated for C14H21N5O2S;

323.142, found (M + H+); 324.1.

PAPER

 Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2018), 61(3), 1130-1152.

Abstract Image

https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.jmedchem.7b01598

N-{cis-3-[Methyl(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]cyclobutyl}propane-1-sulfonamide (25)

Compound 48a·2HBr …………..was collected by filtration, washed with 2:1 EtOH/H2O (100 mL), and again dried overnight in a vacuum oven at 40 °C.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 11.64 (br s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10–7.22 (m, 1H), 6.65 (dd, J= 1.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.87–4.96 (m, 1H), 3.53–3.64 (m, 1H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 2.93–2.97 (m, 2H), 2.57–2.64 (m, 2H), 2.20–2.28 (m, 2H), 1.65–1.74 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).
LC/MS m/z (M + H+) calcd for C14H22N5O2S: 324. Found: 324. Anal. Calcd for C14H21N5O2S: C, 51.99; H, 6.54; N, 21.65; O, 9.89; S, 9.91. Found: C, 52.06; H, 6.60; N, 21.48; O, 10.08; S, 9.97.

SchmiederG.DraelosZ.PariserD.BanfieldC.CoxL.HodgeM.KierasE.Parsons-RichD.MenonS.SalganikM.PageK.PeevaE. Efficacy and safety of the Janus Kinase 1 inhibitor PF-04965842 in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study Br. J. Dermatol. 2017DOI: 10.1111/bjd.16004

Compound 25N-{cis-3-[Methyl(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)amino]cyclobutyl}-propane-1-sulfonamide is available through MilliporeSigma (cat. no. PZ0304).

REFERENCES

1: Schmieder GJ, Draelos ZD, Pariser DM, Banfield C, Cox L, Hodge M, Kieras E, Parsons-Rich D, Menon S, Salganik M, Page K, Peeva E. Efficacy and safety of the Janus Kinase 1 inhibitor PF-04965842 in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis: phase 2, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Br J Dermatol. 2017 Sep 26. doi: 10.1111/bjd.16004. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 28949012

 2 Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2018), 61(3), 1130-1152.

  • Originator Pfizer
  • Class Anti-inflammatories; Antipsoriatics; Pyrimidines; Pyrroles; Skin disorder therapies; Small molecules; Sulfonamides
  • Mechanism of Action Janus kinase 1 inhibitors
  • Phase III Atopic dermatitis
  • Discontinued Lupus vulgaris; Plaque psoriasis
  • 21 May 2019Pfizer initiates enrolment in a phase I trial in Healthy volunteers in USA (PO) (NCT03937258)
  • 09 May 2019 Pfizer plans a phase I pharmacokinetic and drug-drug interaction trial in healthy volunteers in May 2019 (NCT03937258)
  • 30 Apr 2019 Pfizer completes a phase I trial (In volunteers) in USA (PO) (NCT03626415)

/////////PF 04965842, Abrocitinib, Phase III,  Atopic dermatitis, pfizer

CCCS(=O)(N[C@H]1C[C@@H](N(C)C2=C3C(NC=C3)=NC=N2)C1)=O

CCCS(=O)(=O)N[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C1)N(C)c2ncnc3[nH]ccc23

SK1-I , BML 258

$
0
0

BML-EI411

img

SK1-I , BML 258

Sphingosine kinase 1 (SphK1) inhibitor; antiproliferative

  • (1E)-1,2,4-Trideoxy-4-(methylamino)-1-(4-pentylphenyl)-D-erythro-pent-1-enitol
  • (E,2R,3S)-2-(Methylamino)-5-(4-pentylphenyl)pent-4-ene-1,3-diol
  • D-erythro-Pent-1-enitol, 1,2,4-trideoxy-4-(methylamino)-1-(4-pentylphenyl)-, (1E)-
Name: (2R,3S,4E)-N-methyl-5-(4′-pentylphenyl)-2-aminopent-4-ene-1,3-diol . HCl
Formula: C17H27NO. HCl
MW: 313.9
CAS: 1072443-89-0

 

  • Originator Enzo Biochem; Virginia Commonwealth University
  • Developer Enzo Biochem
  • Class Antineoplastics; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Sphingosine kinase inhibitors
  • Preclinical Autoimmune hepatitis; Haematological malignancies; Liver cancer; Solid tumours
  • 07 May 2019 Preclinical trials in Liver cancer in USA (unspecified route)
  • 03 Dec 2018 SK1 I is available for licensing as of 03 Dec 2018. http://www.enzo.com/
  • 03 Dec 2018 Enzo Biochem has patent pending for SK1 I worldwide

SK1 I, a small molecule that specifically inhibits sphingosine kinase 1, is being developed by Enzo Biochem for the treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases. Preclinical development is underway for the treatment of solid tumours, liver cancer, haematological malignancies and autoimmune hepatitis in the US.

As at December 2018, Enzo Biochem seeks partners for the development of SK1

SK1-I is a sphingosine analog and a sphingosine competitive inhibitor specific for sphingosine kinase 1 (SK1), with ki~10µM and excellent water solubility. It is not to be confused with SKI-I, 5-naphthalen-2-yl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (2-hydroxy-naphthalen-1-ylmethylene)-hydrazide, CAS 306301-68-8, a noncompetitive inhibitor of both SK1 and SK2 with poor water solubility (K.J. French, et al., 2006; N.J. Pyne and S. Pyne, 2010). SK1-I does not inhibit SK2, PKCα, PKCδ, PKA, AKT1, ERK1, EGFR, CDK2, IKKβ or CamK2β. Not only does it decrease sphingosine-1-phosphate levels, it also causes an accumulation of its proapoptotic precursor ceremide. Inhibits tumor cell growth in vitro and in vivo.

PATENTS

US 20100035959

WO 2010127093

US 20100278741

WO 2011025545

Patent

US-10364211

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=US249091462&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P10-JZ0Q22-89420-1

This patent was granted in July 30, 2019 and set to expire on October 24, 2038. Claims methods for synthesizing the compound (2R,3S,4E)-N-methyl-5-(4′-pentylphenyl)-2-aminopent-4-ene-1,3-diol (also known as SK1-I and BML-258 (as HCl salt)) and its intermediates.

(2R,3S,4E)-N-methyl-5-(4′-pentylphenyl)-2-aminopent-4-ene-1,3-diol, also known as SK1-I and BML-258 (as HCl salt), is a pharmaceutical inhibitor of sphingosine kinase 1 initially described in Paugh et al., Blood. 2008 Aug. 15; 112(4): 1382-1391. An existing method for synthesizing SK1-I is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,314,151.


and

    The invention provides methods and intermediate compounds for synthesizing the compound (2R,3 S,4E)-N-methyl-5-(4′-pentylphenyl)-2-aminopent-4-ene-1,3-diol, also known as SK1-I, and related compounds. The structure of SK1-I is shown below.
      A step-wise synthesis of SK1-I according to the invention is exemplified as follows.

N-Boc-(D)-Serine Methyl Ester

      To an ice-cooled suspension of the (D)-Serine methyl ester hydrochloride (62.24 g, 0.4 mol) in dichloromethane (600.0 mL), triethylamine (40.4 g, 0.4 mol) was added. After the mixture was stirred for 30 min, Boc anhydride (96.0 g, 0.44 mol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring over 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. Water (600 mL) was added. The organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with 2×200 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×400 mL) and dried (Na 2SO 4). The solution was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oil 93.36 g (˜100% yield), which was used directly in the next step without further purification.

Protection of N-Boc-(D)-Serine Methyl Ester

      Boc-Serine methyl ester from above (93.0 g, 0.42 mol) and catalyst p-toluenesulfonic acid (9.3 g) were dissolved in dichloromethane (500 mL) and 2,2-dimethoxypropane (500 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours with a drying tube. Saturated sodium bicarbonate (600.0 mL) was added. The mixture was then stirred vigorously for 30 min. The organic layer was separated, washed with bicarbonate (2×400.0 mL), water (400.0 mL), saturated NaCl (400.0 mL) and dried (Na 2SO 4). The solution was filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give 87.22 g oil (84% yield for two steps), which was used directly in the next step without further purification.

(R)—Garner Aldehyde

      To a cooled solution of the ester (87.0 g, 0.336 mol) in anhydrous toluene (690.0 mL, −78° C., acetone/dry ice bath), DIBAL in toluene (1.49 M in toluene, 392 mL, 585.0 mmol) was added dropwise under argon in such a way that the internal temperature did not rise above −70° C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 4 hours at −78° C. Methanol (128 mL) was added to the mixture to quench the reaction. The mixture was poured slowly into an aqueous solution of Rochelle salt (potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate; 1.2 M, 660 g/1949 mL water) with vigorous stirring. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until clear separation into two layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2×300.0 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×800 mL) and brine (800 mL), then dried with anhydrous Na 2SO 4. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give aldehyde as a pale yellow oil (68.59 g, 89%), which was used without further purification.

Addition of 4-Pentylphenyl Acetylene to the Above Aldehyde

      To a cooled (−20° C.) solution of 4-n-pentylphenylacetylene (51.68 g, 300 mmol) in dry THF (400 mL), n-BuLi solution (2.5 M in hexane, 120 mL, 300 mmol) was added dropwise under argon. After 2 hours, the mixture was cooled to −78° C., followed by the addition of HMPA (hexmethylphosphoramide, 64.5 g, 360 mmol). After the mixture was stirred at −78° C. for an additional 30 mins, methyl (R)-(+)-3-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxazolidinecarboxaldehyde (58.0 g, 248.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (tetrahydrofuran; 100 mL) was added dropwise (maintaining the temperature below −60° C.). The mixture was stirred for an additional 5 hours at −78° C., then quenched by saturated ammonium chloride solution (1000 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl ether (3×400 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with 0.5 N HCl (2×400 mL) and brine (400 mL), then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil (104.04 g, ˜100% yield), which was used without further purification.

Deprotection of the Above Oxazolidine


      To an ice cooled solution of Boc-oxazolidine (103.0 g, 257.0 mmol) in methanol (1000 mL), was added conc. HCl (43.5 mL, pre-cooled to 0° C.). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then extracted with hexane (3×400 mL). The pH of the methanol solution was adjusted with solid sodium bicarbonate to 8.0. Boc anhydride (53.94 g, 245.92 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1-4 hours until the disappearance of formed intermediate free amine. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was redissolved in water (300 mL) and diethyl ether (300 mL). The ethyl ether layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and then evaporated to give a brown oil (87.54 g, 94%), which was used without further purification.

Reduction of the Above Alcohol


      To an ice-cooled solution of the above acetylene (87.0 g, 241.0 mmol) in THF (800 mL), Red-Al (Sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum dihydride; 60% w/w in toluene, 392 mL; 1.205 mol) was added dropwise over 1 hour under argon with stirring. The solution was then stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath and then poured carefully into a pre-cooled solution of Rochelle salt in water (700 g in 2200 mL of water). The mixture was vigorously stirred until two layers were visible and well separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with 2×600 mL of toluene. The combined toluene layer was washed with water (2×800 mL) and saturated sodium chloride (800 mL) and dried (Na 2SO 4). The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a yellowish semi solid, which was recrystallized with hexane (200 mL) to give a white solid 43.3 g (purity: >98%; yield: 49%)

Deprotection to SK1-I (BML-258)


      To a solution of Boc protected amine (15 g, 41.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (300 mL), DIBAL (25% w/w in toluene, 1.49 M, 278 mL, 413 mmol) was added at room temperature under argon. The mixture was refluxed until the starting material disappeared. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into Rochelle salt (340 g/1000 mL water) containing sodium hydroxide (50 g, ˜5%). The mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 hour. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×500 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (1000 mL) and brine (1000 mL) and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford yellowish oil, which turned into a pale solid after storing at −20° C. overnight. To a cold solution (ice bath) of this solid in ethyl ether (400 mL), was added 1M HCl in ethyl ether (50 mL). The white precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with ethyl ether (2×50 mL), and then dried under vacuum to give product as a white solid (8.11 g, 63% yield).

PATENT

WO2018237379 ,

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2018237379

claiming sphingosine pathway modulating compounds for the treatment of cancers, assigned to Enzo Biochem Inc , naming different team

Sphingosine- 1 -phosphate (SIP) was discovered to be a bioactive signaling molecule over 20 years ago. Studies have since identified two related kinases, sphingosine kinase 1 and 2 (a/k/a sphingosine kinase “type I” and “type II” respectively, and SphKl and SphK2 respectively), which catalyze the phosphorylation of sphingosine to SIP. Extracellular SIP can bind to and activate each of five S IP-specific, G protein-coupled receptors (designated S IPR1-5) to regulate cellular and physiological processes in an autocrine or paracrine manner. Selective inhibitors of each of sphingosine kinase 1 and 2, as well as both nonselective and selective agonists of SlPRs, have been developed and are known in the art.

Product Literature References

Sphingosine kinase 1 activation by estrogen receptor α36 contributes to tamoxifen resistance in breast cancer: M.A. Maczis, et al.; J. Lipid Res. 59, 2297 (2018), AbstractFull Text
TP53 is required for BECN1- and ATG5-dependent cell death induced by sphingosine kinase 1 inhibition: S. Lima, et al.; Autophagy 11, 1 (2018), Abstract;
A novel E2F/Sphingosine kinase 1 axis regulates anthracycline response in squamous cell carcinoma: M. Hazar-Rethinam, et al.; Clin. Cancer Res. 21, 417 (2015), Application(s): Inhibition of Sphingosine kinase 1 in doxorubicin-treated SCC cells and in vivo., Abstract;
Inhibition of Sphingosine Kinase 1 Ameliorates Angiotensin II-induced Hypertension and Inhibits Transmembrane Calcium Entry via Store-Operated Calcium Channel: P. C. Wilson, et al.; Mol. Endocrinol. 29, 896 (2015), Application(s): Cell Culture, AbstractFull Text
Sphingosine Kinases Signalling in Carcinogenesis: G. Marfe, et al.; Mini Rev. Med. Chem. 15, 300 (2015), Application(s):Inhibition of Sphingosine kinase 1, Abstract;
K63-linked polyubiquitination of transcription factor IRF1 is essential for IL-1-induced production of chemokines CXCL10 and CCL5.: K. B. Harikumar, et al.; Nat. Immunol. 15, 231 (2014), Application(s): Inhibition of Sphingosine kinase 1 in primary human astrocytes and mice, AbstractFull Text
LRIG1 modulates aggressiveness of head and neck cancers by regulating EGFR-MAPK-SPHK1 signaling and extracellular matrix remodeling: J. J. C. Sheu, et al.; Oncogene 33, 1375 (2014), Application(s): Inhibition of Sphingosine kinase 1 in head and neck cancer TW06 cells, Abstract;
Role of sphingosine kinase 1 and sphingosine-1-phosphate in CD40 signaling and IgE class switching: E. Y. Kim, et al.; FASEB J. 28, 4347 (2014), Application(s): Inhibition of Sphingosine kinase 1 in human tonsil B cells, mouse splenic B cells and in mice, Abstract;
Sphingosine kinase-1 enhances resistance to apoptosis through activation of PI3K/Akt/NF-κB pathway in human non–small cell lung cancer: L. Song et al.; Clin. Cancer Res. 17, 1839 (2011), Abstract;
Targeting sphingosine kinase 1 inhibits Akt signaling, induces apoptosis, and suppresses growth of human glioblastoma cells and xenografts: D. Kapitonov et al.; Cancer Res. 69, 6915 (2009), Abstract;
A selective sphingosine kinase 1 inhibitor integrates multiple molecular therapeutic targets in human leukemia: S.W. Paugh et al.; Blood 112, 1382 (2008), Abstract;

General Literature References

Sphingosine-1-phosphate and cancer: N.J. Pyne & S. Pyne; Nat. Rev. Cancer 10, 489 (2010), Abstract;
Antitumor Activity of Sphingosine Kinase Inhibitors: K.J. French, et al.; J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 318, 596 (2006), AbstractFull Text

/////////SK1-I , SK1I , SK1 I , BML 258, Enzo Biochem,  Virginia Commonwealth, Preclinical, solid tumours, liver cancer, haematological malignancies, autoimmune hepatitis, 

CCCCCC1=CC=C(/C=C/[C@H](O)[C@H](NC)CO)C=C1.Cl

Imipenem, イミペネム水和物

$
0
0

Imipenem.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Imipenem hydrate | C12H19N3O5S

74431-23-5.png

Imipenem

イミペネム水和物

Cas 74431-23-5

  • Molecular FormulaC12H19N3O5S
  • Average mass317.361 Da

(5R,6S)-3-((2-(Formimidoylamino)ethyl)thio)-6-((R)-1-hydroxyethyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monohydrate

1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid, 6-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-, (5R,6S)-, monohydrate
264-734-5 [EINECS]
74431-23-5 [RN]
N-Formimidoylthienamycin Monohydrate
Primaxin monohydrate
Tienam monohydrate
(5R,6S)-3-((2-Formimidamidoethyl)thio)-6-((R)-1-hydroxyethyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid hydrate
(5R,6S)-3-[2-(aminomethylideneamino)ethylsulfanyl]-6-[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid and hydrate
8174596 [Beilstein]
imipemide monohydrate

Antibacterial, Cell wall biosynthesis inhibitor

Imipenem
CAS Registry Number: 74431-23-5; 64221-86-9 (anhydrous)
CAS Name: (5R,6S)-6-[(1R)-1-Hydroxyethyl]-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid monohydrate
Additional Names: N-formimidoylthienamycin monohydrate; imipemide
Manufacturers’ Codes: MK-787
Molecular Formula: C12H17N3O4S.H2O
Molecular Weight: 317.36
Percent Composition: C 45.41%, H 6.03%, N 13.24%, O 25.21%, S 10.10%
Literature References: Extremely broad-spectrum semi-synthetic antibiotic; first stable derivative of thienamycin, q.v. Prepn: W. J. Leanza et al., J. Med. Chem. 22, 1435 (1979); T. W. Miller, EP 6639 (1980 to Merck & Co.), C.A. 93, 155845y (1980); B. G. Christensen et al., US 4194047 (1980 to Merck & Co.). Totally synthetic prepn without formation of thienamycin: I. Shinkai et al.,Tetrahedron Lett. 23, 4903 (1982). HPLC determn in serum: C. M. Myers, J. L. Blumer, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 26, 78 (1984). Series of articles on in vitro activity, pharmacokinetics, clinical efficacy of combination with cilastatin sodium, q.v., a renal dehydropeptidase I inhibitor: J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 12, Suppl. D, 1-155 (1983); Rev. Infect. Dis. 7, Suppl. 3, S389-S536 (1985); Am. J. Med. 78, Suppl. 6A, 1-167 (1985); Infection 14, Suppl. 2, S111-S180 (1986). Comprehensive description: E. R. Oberholtzer, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. 17, 73-114 (1988).
Properties: Crystals from water-ethanol. [a]D25 +86.8° (c = 0.05 in 0.1M phosphate, pH 7). pKa1 ~3.2, pKa2 ~9.9. uv max (water): 299 nm (e 9670, 98% NH2OH ext). Soly (mg/ml): water 10, methanol 5, ethanol 0.2, acetone <0.1, dimethylformamide <0.1, dimethylsulfoxide 0.3.
pKa: pKa1 ~3.2, pKa2 ~9.9
Optical Rotation: [a]D25 +86.8° (c = 0.05 in 0.1M phosphate, pH 7)
Absorption maximum: uv max (water): 299 nm (e 9670, 98% NH2OH ext)
Derivative Type: Combination with cilastatin sodium
CAS Registry Number: 85960-17-4
Trademarks: Imipem (Neopharmed); Primaxin (Merck & Co.); Tenacid (Sigma-Tau); Tienam (Merck & Co.); Zienam (Merck & Co.)
Therap-Cat: Antibacterial.
Keywords: Antibacterial (Antibiotics); ?Lactams; Carbapenems.

Imipenem (Primaxin among others) is an intravenous β-lactam antibiotic discovered by Merck scientists Burton Christensen, William Leanza, and Kenneth Wildonger in the mid-1970s.[1] Carbapenems are highly resistant to the β-lactamase enzymes produced by many multiple drug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria,[2] thus play a key role in the treatment of infections not readily treated with other antibiotics.[3]

Imipenem was patented in 1975 and approved for medical use in 1985.[4] It was discovered via a lengthy trial-and-error search for a more stable version of the natural product thienamycin, which is produced by the bacterium Streptomyces cattleya. Thienamycin has antibacterial activity, but is unstable in aqueous solution, so impractical to administer to patients.[5] Imipenem has a broad spectrum of activity against aerobic and anaerobicGram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria.[6] It is particularly important for its activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa and the Enterococcus species. It is not active against MRSA, however.

Medical uses

Spectrum of bacterial susceptibility and resistance

Acinetobacter anitratusAcinetobacter calcoaceticusActinomyces odontolyticusAeromonas hydrophilaBacteroides distasonisBacteroides uniformis, and Clostridium perfringens are generally susceptible to imipenem, while Acinetobacter baumannii, some Acinetobacter spp., Bacteroides fragilis, and Enterococcus faecalis have developed resistance to imipenem to varying degrees. Not many species are resistant to imipenem except Pseudomonas aeruginosa (Oman) and Stenotrophomonas maltophilia.[7]

Coadministration with cilastatin

Imipenem is rapidly degraded by the renal enzyme dehydropeptidase 1 when administered alone, and is almost always coadministered with cilastatin to prevent this inactivation[8]

Adverse effects

Common adverse drug reactions are nausea and vomiting. People who are allergic to penicillin and other β-lactam antibiotics should take caution if taking imipenem, as cross-reactivity rates are high. At high doses, imipenem is seizurogenic.[9]

Mechanism of action

Imipenem acts as an antimicrobial through inhibiting cell wall synthesis of various Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. It remains very stable in the presence of β-lactamase (both penicillinase and cephalosporinase) produced by some bacteria, and is a strong inhibitor of β-lactamases from some Gram-negative bacteria that are resistant to most β-lactam antibiotics.

SYM

By reaction of thienamycin (I) with methyl formimidate (II) by means of NaOH in water.

DE 2652679; FR 2332012; GB 1570990; NL 7612939

SYN 2

WO 0294828

The reaction of (3R,5R,6S)-6-(1(R)-hydroxyethyl)-2-oxo-1-carbapenem-3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester (I) with diphenyl chlorophosphate by (II) means of DMAP and DIEA in DMA/dichloromethane gives the enol phosphate (III), which is condensed with 2-aminoethanethiol (IV) in DMA to yield the 2-aminoethylsulfanyl derivative (V). The reaction of (V) with benzyl formimidate (VI) by means of DIEA in DMA affords the intermediate p-nitrobenzyl ester (VII), which is finally hydrogenated with H2 over Pd/C in water/isopropanol/N-methylmorpholine to provide the target Imipemide.

SYN 3

Tetrahedron Lett 1982,23(47),4903

The condensation of 7-oxo-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3-(diphenoxyphosphate)-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid p-nitrophenyl ester (I) with the bis(trimethylsilyl) derivative of 2-(iminomethylamino)ethanethiol (II) in the presence of base gives p-nitrophenyl ester of MK-0787, protected with a trimethylsilyl group (III), which is finally deprotected by hydrogenolysis.

CLIP

Image result for imipenem synthesis

Synthesis Path

References

  1. ^ U.S. Patent 4,194,047
  2. ^ Clissold, SP; Todd, PA; Campoli-Richards, DM (Mar 1987). “Imipenem/cilastatin. A review of its antibacterial activity, pharmacokinetic properties and therapeutic efficacy”. Drugs33 (3): 183–241. doi:10.2165/00003495-198733030-00001PMID 3552595.
  3. ^ Vardakas, KZ; Tansarli, GS; Rafailidis, PI; Falagas, ME (Dec 2012). “Carbapenems versus alternative antibiotics for the treatment of bacteraemia due to Enterobacteriaceae producing extended-spectrum β-lactamases: a systematic review and meta-analysis”. The Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy67 (12): 2793–803. doi:10.1093/jac/dks301PMID 22915465.
  4. ^ Fischer, Janos; Ganellin, C. Robin (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 497. ISBN 9783527607495.
  5. ^ Kahan, FM; Kropp, H; Sundelof, JG; Birnbaum, J (Dec 1983). “Thienamycin: development of imipenen-cilastatin”. The Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. 12 Suppl D: 1–35. doi:10.1093/jac/12.suppl_d.1PMID 6365872.
  6. ^ Kesado, Tadataka; Hashizume, Terutaka; Asahi, Yoshinari (1980). “Antibacterial activities of a new stabilized thienamycin, N-formimidoyl thienamycin, in comparison with other antibiotics”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy17 (6): 912–7. doi:10.1128/aac.17.6.912PMC 283902PMID 6931548.
  7. ^ “Imipenem spectrum of bacterial susceptibility and Resistance” (PDF). Retrieved 4 May 2012.
  8. ^ “IMIPENEM/CILASTATIN”livertox.nih.gov. Retrieved 2019-03-08.
  9. ^ Cannon, Joan P.; Lee, Todd A.; Clark, Nina M.; Setlak, Paul; Grim, Shellee A. (2014-08-01). “The risk of seizures among the carbapenems: a meta-analysis”Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy69 (8): 2043–2055. doi:10.1093/jac/dku111ISSN 0305-7453.

Further reading

External links

Imipenem
Imipenem.svg
Imipenem ball-and-stick.png
Clinical data
Trade names Primaxin
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
MedlinePlus a686013
Pregnancy
category
  • AU: B3
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
IMIV
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 20%
Metabolism Renal
Elimination half-life 38 minutes (children), 60 minutes (adults)
Excretion Urine (70%)
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.058.831 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C12H17N3O4S
Molar mass 299.347 g/mol g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
    • Synonyms:Imipemide
    • ATC:J01DH51
  • Use:carbapenem antibiotic
  • Chemical name:[5R-[5α,6α(R*)]]-6-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3-[[2-[(iminomethyl)amino]ethyl]thio]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid
  • Formula:C12H17N3O4S
  • MW:299.35 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:64221-86-9
  • InChI Key:ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N
  • InChI:InChI=1S/C12H17N3O4S/c1-6(16)9-7-4-8(20-3-2-14-5-13)10(12(18)19)15(7)11(9)17/h5-7,9,16H,2-4H2,1H3,(H2,13,14)(H,18,19)/t6-,7-,9-/m1/s1
  • EINECS:264-734-5
  • LD50:1660 mg/kg (M, i.v.); >5 g/kg (M, p.o.);
    1972 mg/kg (R, i.v.); >5 g/kg (R, p.o.)

Derivatives, monohydrate

  • Formula:C12H17N3O4S • H2O
  • MW:317.37 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:74431-23-5
References
    • Leanza, W.J. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 22, 1435 (1979).
    • a Salzmann, T.L. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 102, 6161-6163 (1980).
    •  Reider, P.J.; Grabowski, E.J.J.: Tetrahedron Lett. (TELEAY) 23, 2293-2296 (1982).
    •  Grabowski, E.J.J.: Chirality (CHRLEP) 17, 249-259 (2005).
    • US 4 194 047 (Merck & Co.; 18.3.1980; prior. 21.11.1975).
    • DOS 2 652 679 (Merck & Co.; appl. 19.11.1976; USA-prior. 21.11.1975).
    • b US 5 998 612 (Merck & Co.; 7.12.1999; appl. 12.6.1992; prior. 23.10.1981).
    • c US 4 981 992 (Takasago; 27.1.1998; appl. 13.5.1996; J-prior. 11.5.1995).
    •  US 5 204 460 (Takasago; 20.4.1993; appl. 8.11.1991; J-prior. 8.11.1990).
    •  US 5 204 462 (Takasago; 20.4.1993; appl. 8.11.1991; J-prior. 8.11.1990).
    •  US 5 712 388 (Takasago; 27.1.1998; appl. 13.5.1996; J-prior. 11.5.1995).
    •  US 5 081 239 (Takasago; 14.1.1992; appl. 29.11.1989; J-prior. 29.11.1988).
  • Acetoxylation of 2-azetidinones in 4-position:
    • Noyori, R. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 111, 9134-9135 (1989).
    • Noyori, R. et al.: Angew. Chem. (ANCEAD) 114, 2108-2123 (2002).
    • US 5 288 862 (Takasago; 22.2.1994; appl. 16.4.1992; J-prior. 18.4.1991).
    • US 5 606 052 (Takasago; 25.2.1997; appl. 16.4.1992; J-prior. 18.4.1991).
  • Noyori-catalyst:
    • US 4 739 084 (Takasago; 19.4.1988; appl. 15.4.1987; J-prior. 13.5.1986).
  • d process of Nippon Soda (Nisso):
    • US 5 026 844 (Suntory & Nippon Soda; 25.6.1991; appl. 13.10.1989; J-prior. 19.10.1988).
    • US 5 792 861 (Tanabe Seiyaku & Nippon Soda; 11.8.1998; appl. 29.6.1994, 4.11.1996; J-prior. 30.6.1993).
    • US 5 808 055 (Suntory & Nippon Soda; 15.9.1998; appl. 30.3.1993, 5.7.1995; J-prior. 30.3.1993).
    • e US 4 791 198 (Kanegafuchi; 13.12.1988; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 4 861 877 (Kanegafuchi; 29.8.1989; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1985, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 5 061 817 (Kanegafuchi; 29.10.1991; appl. 1.7.1985, 6.1.1987, 31.5.1988; J-prior. 5.7.1984, 14.1.1986).
    •  US 4 914 200 (Kanegafuchi; 3.4.1990; appl. 28.4.1987, 14.2.1989; J-prior. 30.4.1986, 13.11.1986, 9.2.1987).
  • Enzymatic reduction of alkyl-2-(N-benzoylamino)methyl-3-oxobutyrates with bakers yeast:
    • US 5 463 047 (Ciba-Geigy; 31.10.1995; appl. 15.9.1994; CH-prior. 4.5.1987).
  • Further synthesis processes of Merck & Co. for thienamycin:
    • Johnston, D.B.R. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 100, 313-315 (1978).
    • Mellilo, D.G. et al.: Tetrahedron Lett. (TELEAY) 21, 2783 (1980).
    • Melillo, D.G. et al.: J. Org. Chem. (JOCEAH) 51, 1498-1504 (1986).
    • Karady, S. et al.: J. Am. Chem. Soc. (JACSAT) 103, 6765-6767 (1981).
    • US 4 269 772 (Merck & Co.; 26.5.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 282 148 (Merck & Co.; 4.8.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 287 123 (Merck & Co.; 1.9.1981; appl. 14.1.1980).
    • US 4 290 947 (Merck & Co.; 22.9.1981; appl. 29.5.1980).
    • US 4 360 684 (Merck & Co.; 23.11.1982; appl. 8.4.1981).
    • US 4 206 219 (Merck & Co.; 3.6.1980; appl. 24.10.1978).
    • US 4 348 320 (Merck & Co.; 7.9.1982; appl. 20.8.1980; USA-prior. 19.11.1976).
    • US 4 460 507 (Merck & Co.; 17.7.1984; appl. 29.4.1982; USA-prior. 10.10.1980).
    • US 5 055 573 (Merck & Co.; 8.10.1991, appl. 24.8.1990; USA-prior. 19.11.1976).
    • US 5 037 974 (Merck & Co.; 6.8.1991; appl. 14.8.1990; prior. 23.5.1988, 10.4.1990).
  • Review of thienamycin syntheses:
    • Nicolaou, K.C.; Sorensen, E.J.: Classics in Total Synthesis, VCH 1996, Weinheim & New York, chapter 16, p. 249-263.
    • Berks, A.H.: Tetrahedron (TETRAB) 52, 331-375 (1996).
  • Alternative 2-azetidinone ring closure with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate:
    • US 4 350 631 (Merck & Co.; 21.9.1982; appl. 18.3.1981; prior. 18.12.1980).
  • Thienamycin (by fermentation of S. cattleya):
    • US 3 950 357 (Merck & Co.; 13.4.1976; appl. 25.11.1974).
    • DOS 2 552 638 (Merck & Co.; appl. 24.11.1975; USA-prior. 25.11.1974).
  • Combination with cilastatin:
    • EP 48 301 (Merck & Co.; appl. 24.9.1980).

/////////////Imipenem, イミペネム水和物  , MK-787,

Novobiocin, ノボビオシン;

$
0
0

Novobiocin2DCSD.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | novobiocin | C31H36N2O11

Novobiocin

ノボビオシン;

  • Molecular FormulaC31H36N2O11
  • Average mass612.624 Da
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-hydroxy-6-(4-hydroxy-3-(4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzamido)-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yloxy)-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name) [ACD/IUPAC Name]
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name)
(3R,4S,5R,6R)-5-Hydroxy-6-[(4-hydroxy-3-{[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)benzoyl]amino}-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl)oxy]-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl carbamate (non-preferred name)
1476-53-5 [RN]
17EC19951N
216-023-6 [EINECS]
224-321-2 [EINECS]
575
Albamycin[Trade name]
Biotexin
CAS number303-81-1
WeightAverage: 612.6243
Monoisotopic: 612.231910004
Chemical FormulaC31H36N2O11
For the treatment of infections due to staphylococci and other susceptible organisms
Novobiocin
 Novobiocin
CAS Registry Number: 303-81-1
CAS Name: N-[7-[[3-O-(Aminocarbonyl)-6-deoxy-5-C-methyl-4-O-methyl-b-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl]oxy]-4-hydroxy-8-methyl-2-oxo-2H-1-benzopyran-3-yl]-4-hydroxy-3-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)benzamide
Additional Names: crystallinic acid; streptonivicin
Manufacturers’ Codes: PA-93; U-6591
Molecular Formula: C31H36N2O11
Molecular Weight: 612.62
Percent Composition: C 60.78%, H 5.92%, N 4.57%, O 28.73%
Literature References: Antibiotic substance produced by Streptomyces spheroides: Kaczka et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 6404 (1955); Wolf, US 3000873 (1961 to Merck & Co.); Stammer, Miller; Miller; Wallick, US 3049475US 3049476US 3049534 (all 1962 to Merck & Co.). By Streptomyces niveus: Hoeksema et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 6710 (1955); Antibiot. Chemother. 6, 143 (1956); French, US 3068221 (1962 to Upjohn). Structure: Shunk et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 78, 1770 (1956); Hoeksema et al., ibid.2019; Walton et al., ibid. 82, 1489 (1960). Conformation: Golding, Richards, Chem. Ind. (London) 1963, 1081. Revised configuration: O. Achmatowicz et al., Tetrahedron 32, 1051 (1976). Synthesis: Stammer, US 2925411 (1960); Walton, Spencer, US2966484 (1960 to Merck & Co.); Vaterlaus et al., Helv. Chim. Acta 47, 390 (1964). Conversion of isonovobiocin to novobiocin: Caron et al., US 2983723 (1961 to Upjohn). Antiviral activity: Chang, Weinstein, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 1970, 165. Efficacy in canine respiratory infections: B. W. Maxey, Vet. Med. Small Anim. Clin. 75, 89 (1980). Mechanism of action studies: Smith, Davis, J. Bacteriol. 93, 71 (1967); H. T. Wright et al., Science 213, 455 (1981); I. W. Althaus et al., J. Antibiot. 41, 373 (1988). Review: Brock in Antibiotics vol. 1, R. Gottlieb, P. Shaw, Eds. (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1967) pp 651-665; M. J. Ryan, ibid. vol. 5(pt. 1), F. E. Hahn, Ed. (1979) pp 214-234.
Properties: Pale yellow orthorhombic crystals from ethanol. Sensitive to light. d 1.3448. Dec at 152-156° (a rarer modification dec 174-178°). Acid reaction: pKa1 4.3; pKa2 9.1. [a]D24 -63.0° (c = 1 in ethanol). uv max (0.1N NaOH; 0.1N methanolic HCl; pH 7 phosphate buffer): 307; 324; 390 nm (E1%1cm 600, 390, 350 resp.). Sol in aq soln above pH 7.5. Practically insol in more acidic solns. Sol in acetone, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, lower alcohols, pyridine. Additional soly data: Weiss et al., Antibiot. Chemother.7, 374 (1957).
pKa: pKa1 4.3; pKa2 9.1
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -63.0° (c = 1 in ethanol)
Absorption maximum: uv max (0.1N NaOH; 0.1N methanolic HCl; pH 7 phosphate buffer): 307; 324; 390 nm (E1%1cm 600, 390, 350 resp.)
Density: d 1.3448
Derivative Type: Monosodium salt
CAS Registry Number: 1476-53-5
Trademarks: Albamycin (Pharmacia & Upjohn)
Molecular Formula: C31H35N2NaO11
Molecular Weight: 634.61
Percent Composition: C 58.67%, H 5.56%, N 4.41%, Na 3.62%, O 27.73%
Properties: Minute crystals, dec 220°. [a]D24 -38° (c = 2.5 in 95% ethanol); [a]D24 -33° (c = 2.5 in water). Freely sol in water. A 100 mg/ml soln has a pH of 7.5 and a half-life of ~30 days at 25° and several months at 4°. Soly data: Weiss et al., loc. cit. Properties: Birlova, Traktenberg, Antibiotiki 13, 997 (1968).
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -38° (c = 2.5 in 95% ethanol); [a]D24 -33° (c = 2.5 in water)
Therap-Cat: Antibacterial.
Therap-Cat-Vet: Antimicrobial.
INGREDIENT UNII CAS INCHI KEY
Novobiocin sodium Q9S9NQ5YIY 1476-53-5 WWPRGAYLRGSOSU-RNROJPEYSA-M

Reata Pharmaceuticals Inc

Abgentis is investigating a novobiocin analog, GYR-12 (discovery), as a re-engineered, previously-marketed-but-uncompetitive (undisclosed) antibacterial compound inhibiting ATPase activity of DNA supercoiling GyrB/ParE, for the potential broad-spectrum treatment of bacterial infections, including multi-drug resistant Gram-negative infections. In April 2017, development was underway [1924695].

Novobiocin, also known as albamycin or cathomycin, is an aminocoumarin antibiotic that is produced by the actinomycete Streptomyces niveus, which has recently been identified as a subjective synonym for S. spheroides[1] a member of the order Actinobacteria. Other aminocoumarin antibiotics include clorobiocin and coumermycin A1.[2] Novobiocin was first reported in the mid-1950s (then called streptonivicin).[3][4]

It is active against Staphylococcus epidermidis and may be used to differentiate it from the other coagulase-negative Staphylococcus saprophyticus, which is resistant to novobiocin, in culture.

Novobiocin was licensed for clinical use under the tradename Albamycin (Pharmacia And Upjohn) in the 1960s. Its efficacy has been demonstrated in preclinical and clinical trials.[5][6] The oral form of the drug has since been withdrawn from the market due to lack of efficacy.[7] Novobiocin is an effective antistaphylococcal agent used in the treatment of MRSA.[8]

Mechanism of action

The molecular basis of action of novobiocin, and other related drugs clorobiocin and coumermycin A1 has been examined.[2][9][10][11][12] Aminocoumarins are very potent inhibitors of bacterial DNA gyrase and work by targeting the GyrB subunit of the enzyme involved in energy transduction. Novobiocin as well as the other aminocoumarin antibiotics act as competitive inhibitors of the ATPase reaction catalysed by GyrB. The potency of novobiocin is considerably higher than that of the fluoroquinolones that also target DNA gyrase, but at a different site on the enzyme. The GyrA subunit is involved in the DNA nicking and ligation activity.

Novobiocin has been shown to weakly inhibit the C-terminus of the eukaryotic Hsp90 protein (high micromolar IC50). Modification of the novobiocin scaffold has led to more selective Hsp90 inhibitors.[13] Novobiocin has also been shown to bind and activate the Gram-negative lipopolysaccharide transporter LptBFGC.[14][15]

Structure

Novobiocin is an aminocoumarin. Novobiocin may be divided up into three entities; a benzoic acid derivative, a coumarin residue, and the sugar novobiose.[9] X-ray crystallographic studies have found that the drug-receptor complex of Novobiocin and DNA Gyrase shows that ATP and Novobiocin have overlapping binding sites on the gyrase molecule.[16] The overlap of the coumarin and ATP-binding sites is consistent with aminocoumarins being competitive inhibitors of the ATPase activity.[17]

Structure–activity relationship

In structure activity relationship experiments it was found that removal of the carbamoyl group located on the novobiose sugar lead to a dramatic decrease in inhibitory activity of novobiocin.[17]

Biosynthesis

This aminocoumarin antibiotic consists of three major substituents. The 3-dimethylallyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid moiety, known as ring A, is derived from prephenate and dimethylallyl pyrophosphate. The aminocoumarin moiety, known as ring B, is derived from L-tyrosine. The final component of novobiocin is the sugar derivative L-noviose, known as ring C, which is derived from glucose-1-phosphate. The biosynthetic gene cluster for novobiocin was identified by Heide and coworkers in 1999 (published 2000) from Streptomyces spheroidesNCIB 11891.[18] They identified 23 putative open reading frames (ORFs) and more than 11 other ORFs that may play a role in novobiocin biosynthesis.

The biosynthesis of ring A (see Fig. 1) begins with prephenate which is a derived from the shikimic acid biosynthetic pathway. The enzyme NovF catalyzes the decarboxylation of prephenate while simultaneously reducing nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADP+) to produce NADPH. Following this NovQ catalyzes the electrophilic substitution of the phenyl ring with dimethylallyl pyrophosphate (DMAPP) otherwise known as prenylation.[19] DMAPP can come from either the mevalonic acid pathway or the deoxyxylulose biosynthetic pathway. Next the 3-dimethylallyl-4-hydroxybenzoate molecule is subjected to two oxidative decarboxylations by NovR and molecular oxygen.[20] NovR is a non-heme iron oxygenase with a unique bifunctional catalysis. In the first stage both oxygens are incorporated from the molecular oxygen while in the second step only one is incorporated as determined by isotope labeling studies. This completes the formation of ring A.

Figure 1. Biosynthetic scheme of benzamide portion of novobiocin (4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)benzoic acid)

The biosynthesis of ring B (see Fig. 2) begins with the natural amino acid L-tyrosine. This is then adenylated and thioesterified onto the peptidyl carrier protein (PCP) of NovH by ATPand NovH itself.[21] NovI then further modifies this PCP bound molecule by oxidizing the β-position using NADPH and molecular oxygen. NovJ and NovK form a heterodimer of J2K2 which is the active form of this benzylic oxygenase.[22] This process uses NADP+ as a hydride acceptor in the oxidation of the β-alcohol. This ketone will prefer to exist in its enol tautomer in solution. Next a still unidentified protein catalyzes the selective oxidation of the benzene (as shown in Fig. 2). Upon oxidation this intermediate will spontaneously lactonize to form the aromatic ring B and lose NovH in the process.

Figure 2. Biosynthesis of 3-amino-4,7-dihydroxy-2H-chromen-2-one component of novobiocin (ring B)

The biosynthesis of L-noviose (ring C) is shown in Fig. 3. This process starts from glucose-1-phosphate where NovV takes dTTP and replaces the phosphate group with a dTDP group. NovT then oxidizes the 4-hydroxy group using NAD+. NovT also accomplishes a dehydroxylation of the 6 position of the sugar. NovW then epimerizes the 3 position of the sugar.[23] The methylation of the 5 position is accomplished by NovU and S-adenosyl methionine (SAM). Finally NovS reduces the 4 position again to achieve epimerization of that position from the starting glucose-1-phosphate using NADH.

Figure 3. Biosynthesis of L-noviose component of novobiocin (ring C)

Rings A, B, and C are coupled together and modified to give the finished novobiocin molecule. Rings A and B are coupled together by the enzyme NovL using ATP to diphosphorylate the carboxylate group of ring A so that the carbonyl can be attacked by the amine group on ring B. The resulting compound is methylated by NovO and SAM prior to glycosylation.[24] NovM adds ring C (L-noviose) to the hydroxyl group derived from tyrosine with the loss of dTDP. Another methylation is accomplished by NovP and SAM at the 4 position of the L-noviose sugar.[25] This methylation allows NovN to carbamylate the 3 position of the sugar as shown in Fig. 4 completing the biosynthesis of novobiocin.

Figure 4. Completed biosynthesis of novobiocin from ring systems AB, and C.
CLIP

CLIP

CLIP

CLIP

str1-1

PATENT

US-20190241599

Novel co-crystal forms of novobiocin and its analogs and proline, processes for their preparation and compositions comprising them are claimed. Also claims are methods for inhibiting heat shock protein 90 and treating or preventing neurodegenerative disorders, such as diabetic peripheral neuropathy.

References

  1. ^ Lanoot B, Vancanneyt M, Cleenwerck I, Wang L, Li W, Liu Z, Swings J (May 2002). “The search for synonyms among streptomycetes by using SDS-PAGE of whole-cell proteins. Emendation of the species Streptomyces aurantiacus, Streptomyces cacaoi subsp. cacaoi, Streptomyces caeruleus and Streptomyces violaceus”. International Journal of Systematic and Evolutionary Microbiology52 (Pt 3): 823–9. doi:10.1099/ijs.0.02008-0PMID 12054245.
  2. Jump up to:a b Alessandra da Silva Eustáquio (2004) Biosynthesis of aminocoumarin antibiotics in Streptomyces: Generation of structural analogues by genetic engineering and insights into the regulation of antibiotic production. DISSERTATION
  3. ^ Hoeksema H.; Johnson J. L.; Hinman J. W. (1955). “Structural studies on streptonivicin, a new antibiotic”. J Am Chem Soc77 (24): 6710–6711. doi:10.1021/ja01629a129.
  4. ^ Smith C. G.; Dietz A.; Sokolski W. T.; Savage G. M. (1956). “Streptonivicin, a new antibiotic. I. Discovery and biologic studies”. Antibiotics & Chemotherapy6: 135–142.
  5. ^ Raad I, Darouiche R, Hachem R, Sacilowski M, Bodey GP (November 1995). “Antibiotics and prevention of microbial colonization of catheters”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy39 (11): 2397–400. doi:10.1128/aac.39.11.2397PMC 162954PMID 8585715.
  6. ^ Raad II, Hachem RY, Abi-Said D, Rolston KV, Whimbey E, Buzaid AC, Legha S (January 1998). “A prospective crossover randomized trial of novobiocin and rifampin prophylaxis for the prevention of intravascular catheter infections in cancer patients treated with interleukin-2”. Cancer82 (2): 403–11. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0142(19980115)82:2<412::AID-CNCR22>3.0.CO;2-0PMID 9445199.
  7. ^ “Determination That ALBAMYCIN (Novobiocin Sodium) Capsule, 250 Milligrams, Was Withdrawn From Sale for Reasons of Safety or Effectiveness”The Federal Register. 19 January 2011.
  8. ^ Walsh TJ, Standiford HC, Reboli AC, John JF, Mulligan ME, Ribner BS, Montgomerie JZ, Goetz MB, Mayhall CG, Rimland D (June 1993). “Randomized double-blinded trial of rifampin with either novobiocin or trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus colonization: prevention of antimicrobial resistance and effect of host factors on outcome”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy37 (6): 1334–42. doi:10.1128/aac.37.6.1334PMC 187962PMID 8328783.
  9. Jump up to:a b Maxwell A (August 1993). “The interaction between coumarin drugs and DNA gyrase”. Molecular Microbiology9 (4): 681–6. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2958.1993.tb01728.xPMID 8231802.
  10. ^ Maxwell A (February 1999). “DNA gyrase as a drug target”. Biochemical Society Transactions27 (2): 48–53. doi:10.1042/bst0270048PMID 10093705.
  11. ^ Lewis RJ, Tsai FT, Wigley DB (August 1996). “Molecular mechanisms of drug inhibition of DNA gyrase”. BioEssays18 (8): 661–71. doi:10.1002/bies.950180810PMID 8760340.
  12. ^ Maxwell A, Lawson DM (2003). “The ATP-binding site of type II topoisomerases as a target for antibacterial drugs”. Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry3 (3): 283–303. doi:10.2174/1568026033452500PMID 12570764.
  13. ^ Yu XM, Shen G, Neckers L, Blake H, Holzbeierlein J, Cronk B, Blagg BS (September 2005). “Hsp90 inhibitors identified from a library of novobiocin analogues”. Journal of the American Chemical Society127 (37): 12778–9. doi:10.1021/ja0535864PMID 16159253.
  14. ^ Mandler MD, Baidin V, Lee J, Pahil KS, Owens TW, Kahne D (June 2018). “Novobiocin Enhances Polymyxin Activity by Stimulating Lipopolysaccharide Transport”Journal of the American Chemical Society140 (22): 6749–6753. doi:10.1021/jacs.8b02283PMC 5990483PMID 29746111.
  15. ^ May JM, Owens TW, Mandler MD, Simpson BW, Lazarus MB, Sherman DJ, Davis RM, Okuda S, Massefski W, Ruiz N, Kahne D (December 2017). “The Antibiotic Novobiocin Binds and Activates the ATPase That Powers Lipopolysaccharide Transport”Journal of the American Chemical Society139 (48): 17221–17224. doi:10.1021/jacs.7b07736PMC 5735422PMID 29135241.
  16. ^ Tsai FT, Singh OM, Skarzynski T, Wonacott AJ, Weston S, Tucker A, Pauptit RA, Breeze AL, Poyser JP, O’Brien R, Ladbury JE, Wigley DB (May 1997). “The high-resolution crystal structure of a 24-kDa gyrase B fragment from E. coli complexed with one of the most potent coumarin inhibitors, clorobiocin”. Proteins28 (1): 41–52. doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0134(199705)28:1<41::aid-prot4>3.3.co;2-bPMID 9144789.
  17. Jump up to:a b Flatman RH, Eustaquio A, Li SM, Heide L, Maxwell A (April 2006). “Structure-activity relationships of aminocoumarin-type gyrase and topoisomerase IV inhibitors obtained by combinatorial biosynthesis”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy50 (4): 1136–42. doi:10.1128/AAC.50.4.1136-1142.2006PMC 1426943PMID 16569821.
  18. ^ Steffensky M, Mühlenweg A, Wang ZX, Li SM, Heide L (May 2000). “Identification of the novobiocin biosynthetic gene cluster of Streptomyces spheroides NCIB 11891”Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy44 (5): 1214–22. doi:10.1128/AAC.44.5.1214-1222.2000PMC 89847PMID 10770754.
  19. ^ Pojer F, Wemakor E, Kammerer B, Chen H, Walsh CT, Li SM, Heide L (March 2003). “CloQ, a prenyltransferase involved in clorobiocin biosynthesis”Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America100 (5): 2316–21. Bibcode:2003PNAS..100.2316Pdoi:10.1073/pnas.0337708100PMC 151338PMID 12618544.
  20. ^ Pojer F, Kahlich R, Kammerer B, Li SM, Heide L (August 2003). “CloR, a bifunctional non-heme iron oxygenase involved in clorobiocin biosynthesis”. The Journal of Biological Chemistry278 (33): 30661–8. doi:10.1074/jbc.M303190200PMID 12777382.
  21. ^ Chen H, Walsh CT (April 2001). “Coumarin formation in novobiocin biosynthesis: beta-hydroxylation of the aminoacyl enzyme tyrosyl-S-NovH by a cytochrome P450 NovI”. Chemistry & Biology8 (4): 301–12. doi:10.1016/S1074-5521(01)00009-6PMID 11325587.
  22. ^ Pacholec M, Hillson NJ, Walsh CT (September 2005). “NovJ/NovK catalyze benzylic oxidation of a beta-hydroxyl tyrosyl-S-pantetheinyl enzyme during aminocoumarin ring formation in novobiocin biosynthesis”. Biochemistry44 (38): 12819–26. CiteSeerX 10.1.1.569.1481doi:10.1021/bi051297mPMID 16171397.
  23. ^ Thuy TT, Lee HC, Kim CG, Heide L, Sohng JK (April 2005). “Functional characterizations of novWUS involved in novobiocin biosynthesis from Streptomyces spheroides”. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics436 (1): 161–7. doi:10.1016/j.abb.2005.01.012PMID 15752721.
  24. ^ Pacholec M, Tao J, Walsh CT (November 2005). “CouO and NovO: C-methyltransferases for tailoring the aminocoumarin scaffold in coumermycin and novobiocin antibiotic biosynthesis”. Biochemistry44 (45): 14969–76. doi:10.1021/bi051599oPMID 16274243.
  25. ^ Freel Meyers CL, Oberthür M, Xu H, Heide L, Kahne D, Walsh CT (January 2004). “Characterization of NovP and NovN: completion of novobiocin biosynthesis by sequential tailoring of the noviosyl ring”. Angewandte Chemie43 (1): 67–70. doi:10.1002/anie.200352626PMID 14694473.

External links

Novobiocin
Novobiocin2DCSD.svg
Space-filling model of the novobiocin molecule
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Routes of
administration
intravenous
ATCvet code
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability negligible oral bioavailability
Metabolism excreted unchanged
Elimination half-life 6 hours
Excretion renal
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.005.589 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C31H36N2O11
Molar mass 612.624 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

Novobiocin calcium.png

4309-70-0  CAS

calcium;7-[(2R,3R,4S,5R)-4-carbamoyloxy-3-hydroxy-5-methoxy-6,6-dimethyloxan-2-yl]oxy-3-[[4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzoyl]amino]-8-methyl-2-oxochromen-4-olate

///////// Novobiocin, ノボビオシン  , Antibacterial, Antimicrobial,  crystallinic acid, streptonivicin,

Manufacturers’ Codes: PA-93; U-6591

History

Novobiocin is a coumarin antibiotic obtained from Streptomyces niveus and other Streptomyces species. Novobiocin is useful primarily in infections involving staphylococci, and other gram-positive organisms. It acts by inhibiting the initiation of DNA replication in bacterial and mammanlian cells. Evidences indicated that Novobiocin blocks prokaryotic DNA gyrase and eukaryotic II topoisomerase, enzymes that relax super-coiled DNA and are crucial for DNA replication.1

Novobiocin

UIPAC Name 4-Hydroxy-3-4-hydroxy-3-(3-methylbut-2-enyl)benzamido-8-methylcoumarin-7-yl 3-O-carbamoyl-5,5-di-C-methyl-α-l-lyxofuranoside
CAS Number 303-81-1
Molecular Mass 612.624 g / mol
Chemical Formular C31H36N2O11

Biosynthesis

The substituted coumarin (ring B, red) and the 4-OH benzoyl moiety (ring A, aqua) in novobiocin were derived from Image-Tyr based on earlier labeling studies. β-OH-Tyr is proposed to be a common intermediate in these two biosynthetic pathways.2

NovH is a Image-Tyr specific didomain NRPS that generates the Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH intermediate. NovH, isolated from E. coli is primed by a PPTase with CoA. The A domain activates Image-Tyr as Image-tyrosyl-AMP and then transfers the Image-tyrosyl group to the HS-pant-PCP domain of NovH through thioester formation.3

Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH is then function as a cytochrome P450 monooxygenase that hydroxylates the β-carbon of the tethered Image-tyrosyl group on NovH. While the substrate Image-tyrosyl-S-NovH provides two electrons for a single round of the hydroxylation reaction, the other two electrons needed to reduce the oxygen atom are provided by NADPH via two-electron transfer effected by electron transfer proteins ferrodoxin (Fd) and ferrodoxin reductase (Fd Red).3 The electron transfer route is from NADPH→FAD in Fd Red→Fe–S center in Fd→Heme in NovI→oxygen.

Both NovJ and NovK are similar to 3-keto-ACP reductase and they may form a heterodimer and operate in the reverse direction to oxidize 3-OH to 3-keto. NovO is similar to some quinone C-methyltransferases 3 but the timing of methylation is not clear. NovC resembles flavin-dependent monooxygenases (35 and 32% similarity to dimethylaniline and cyclohexanone monooxygenases, respectively) 3 and is proposed to hydroxylate the ortho position of the phenyl ring. The nucleophilic attack of the ortho hydroxyl group on the thioester carbonyl center would release the coumarin ring and regenerate NovH. Ring B is then synthesized.

Synthesis

Mechanism of action

E.Coli DNA gyrase utilizes ATP to catalyze the negative supercoiling, or under-twisting, of duplex DNA. The energy coupling components of the supercoiling reaction includes 1) the DNA-dependent hydrolysis that converts ATP to ADP and Pi, and 2) the gyrase cleavage reaction that targets the specified DNA site. The two activities are induced by treating the stable gyrase-DNA complex trapped by the inihibitor oxolinic acid with sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS or Sulphate). 4 Novobiocin competes with ATP in the ATPase and supercoiling assays, hence Novobiocin prevents the ATP from shifting the primary cleavage site on ColE1 DNA by places the site of action of the antibiotics at a reaction step prior to ATP hydrolysis and blocks the binding of ATP. 4 Such a simple mechanism of action represents for all effects of the drugs on DNA gyrase.

Clinical Use

Due to factors as low solubility, poor pharmacokinetics, and limited activity agasinst Gram-negative bacteria, the clinical usage of Novobiocin is not achieved. 5 Therefore, it is of interest to study the novobiocin biosynthetic pathway in order to generate analogs with enhanced solubility and pharmacokinetic properties while maintaining the gyrase inhibitory properties.

References

1 J.C. D’Halluin, M. Milleville, and P. Boulanger. “Effect of Novobiocin on adenovirus DNA synthesis and encapsidation”. Nucleic Acids Research 1980; 8: 1625-1641

2 M. Steffensky, S.M. Li and L. Heide, “Cloning, overexpression, and purification of novobiocic acid synthetase from Streptomyces spheroides ” NCIB 11891. J. Biol. Chem. 275 (2000), pp. 21754–21760.

3 Huawei Chen and Christopher T. Walsh, “Coumarin formation in novobiocin biosynthesis: β-hydroxylation of the aminoacyl enzyme tyrosyl-S-NovH by a cytochrome P450 NovI” Chemistry and Biology; 2001; 8: 301-312

4 K. Scheirer and N. P. Higgins. “The DAN Cleavage Reaction of DNA Gyrase ” The Journal of Biological Chemistry; 1997; 272 (43): 27202-27209

5 N Pi, C. L. F. Meyers, M. Pacholec, C. T. Walsh, and J. A. Leary. “Mass spectrometric characterization of a three-enzyme tandem reacton for assembly and modification of the novobiocin skeleton” PNAS 2004;101;10036-10041


AK 3280

$
0
0

str1

AK-3280

AK 3280; GDC3280; RG 6069

C19 H15 F3 N4 O2, 388.34
CAS 1799412-33-1
4H-Benzimidazol-4-one, 1,5-dihydro-1-methyl-7-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-

Ci8Hi4N502F3, mass 389.3 g/mol),

ROCHE,

Ark Biosciences , under license from Roche , is developing AK-3280, an antifibrotic agent, for the potential oral treatment of IPF. In July 2018, Ark intended to further clinical development of the drug, for IPF. In June 2019, a phase I trial was planned in Sweden.

  • Originator Genentech
  • Mechanism of Action Undefined mechanism
  • Phase I Interstitial lung diseases
  • 19 Jun 2019Ark Biosciences plans a phase I trial for Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (In volunteers) in Sweden (PO, Tablet), in August 2019 , (NCT03990688)
  • 28 Sep 2018GDC 3280 is still in phase I trials for Interstitial lung diseases (Genentech pipeline, September 2018)
  • 28 Jun 2018No recent reports of development identified for phase-I development in Fibrosis(In volunteers) in United Kingdom (PO)

Introduction

GDC 3280 (also known as RG 6069), an orally administered drug, is being developed by Genentech, for the treatment of interstitial lung diseases. Early stage clinical development is underway in the UK.

Company Agreements

In September 2018, Genentech licensed exclusive worldwide development and commercialisation rights of GDC 3280 to Ark Biosciences, for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis

Key Development Milestones

As at September 2018, GDC 3280 is still in phase I development for interstitial lung disease (Genentech pipeline, September 2018).

In December 2015, Genentech completed a phase I trial that evaluated the safety, pharmacokinetics and tolerability of GDC 3280 in healthy volunteers, compared with placebo (GB29751; EudraCT2015-000560-33; NCT02471859). The randomised, double-blind, single and multiple oral dose trial was initiated in June 2015 and enrolled eight volunteers in the UK .

PATENT

WO-2019152863

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019152863&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P12-JZDLP2-41289-1

Novel crystalline salt forms of 1-methyl-7-(1-methyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1,5-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (compound I; presumed to be AK-3280 ), processes for their preparation and compositions comprising them are claimed.

Compound I is an orally available small molecule having the structure:

[0004] Compound I has therapeutic value in several different indications that display fibrotic pathophysiology, including idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF).

[0005] Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis is a disease of unknown etiology that occurs mainly in middle-aged and elderly patients, which is characterized by progressive fibrosis of the lung, leading to pulmonary insufficiency and death. Because fibrosis has long been considered to be a clinically irreversible process, treatments have traditionally been focused on managing the symptoms and complications, with little hope of significantly slowing progression of the condition. For many years, mainstay treatments have been typically anti inflammatory, immunosuppressive, and anti-oxidant agents. The effectiveness of these therapies in the treatment of IPF and other fibrotic conditions appears to be minimal and variable, and their side effects are often poorly tolerated by patients.

[0006] New treatment options have only recently become available. Both pirfenidone and nintedanib have been approved for use in the treatment of IPF. Current research efforts to develop new anti-fibrotic agents are targeting multiple mechanisms proposed to be linked to the underlying molecular pathogenic processes. This changing landscape has raised hopes and expectations for what might be achievable with new single agents or combination therapies targeting additional pathways.

Preparation of Compound I and its salts

[0045] A synthesis of Compound I and its tosylate salt is shown in the scheme below:

[0046] l-methyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (5) was synthesized in 4 steps, including a copper-catalyzed coupling reaction e.g., a Goldberg-Ullmann coupling reaction. In another aspect of the invention, intermediate (5) is synthesized using any transition metal-catalyzed coupling reaction. The skilled chemist would know that intermediate (5) could be synthesized from intermediate (4) and compounds

LG

of the general formula: OCF3 , wherein the leaving group“LG” includes but is not limited to halogen, tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.

[0047] Compound I was synthesized in 6 steps, using a transition metal cross-coupling reaction, e.g., a Suzuki reaction. In another aspect of the invention, Compound I is synthesized using any cross -coupling reaction. Compound I is synthesized from intermediate 6 containing any leaving group. For example, the skilled chemist would use compounds of

the general formula: 
, wherein the leaving group“LG” includes but is not limited to halogen, tosylate, mesylate, triflate, etc.

An alternative synthesis of Compound I and its salts is shown in the scheme below:

Example 13 – Synthesis of Compound I Tosylate Salt

[00183] A process for the formation of mono- and di-tosylate salts of Compound I was developed and a batch was performed to successfully produce the mono-tosylate salt.

Step 1 : Synthesis of2-chloro-N-methyl-3-nitropyridin-4-amine

[00184] A reactor was charged with 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridine and 3.0 volumes of DMF. The solution was stirred at 20-25 °C until a clear solution was obtained. The solution was then cooled to 0-5 °C, and 2.1 equivalents of 40% methylamine in water were slowly added over at least 2 hours at 0-5 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for at least 2 hours at 0-5 °C until conversion to the product was 95% (as measured by HPLC). The reaction mixture was diluted by slowly adding 10 volumes of water over at least 30 minutes at 0-5 °C. The obtained suspension was stirred for at least 60 minutes at 0-5 °C. The precipitate was collected by filtration, and the filter cake was rinsed via the reactor with 10 volumes of water at 0-5 °C. The damp filter cake was then dried in a flow of dry nitrogen to yield 2-chloro-A-methyl-3-nitropyridin-4-amine in 78% yield.

Step 2: Synthesis of 2-chloro-N4 -methylpyridine-3, 4-diamine

[00185] A reactor was charged with catalyst [2% Pt on charcoal, 59 %wt. water] (0.0004 equivalents Pt), damp 2-chloro-/V-methyl-3-nitropyridin-4-amine from step 1 and 9.4 volumes of THF. The solution was stirred, and then the suspension was transferred from the glass-reactor to an autoclave. The line was rinsed with 1.2 volumes of THF into the autoclave, and the autoclave was purged with nitrogen for 15 minutes at 50 rpm, followed by hydrogen for 15 minutes at 150 rpm. The autoclave was closed, and the hydrogen pressure was adjusted to 2 bar at 20-30 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4-8 hours at 2 bar and 20-30 °C.

[00186] Next, the autoclave was released to atmospheric pressure and purged with nitrogen for at least 15 minutes. Conversion to the product was verified by HPLC, and then the catalyst was removed by filtration. The filtered catalyst was rinsed with 1.3 volumes of THF and the filtrates were combined. The combined filtrates were charged to a second reactor via a particle filter, and the line was rinsed with 0.5 volumes of THF. The solution was concentrated to a final volume of 2.5 volumes by distillation under reduced pressure at 40-45 °C.

[00187] The solution was then diluted with 10 volumes of THF in portions while concentrating the solution to a final volume of 2.5 volumes by distillation under reduced pressure at 45-50 °C. The reactor was purged with nitrogen to atmospheric pressure, and 5.0 volumes of heptane were added to the residue at 40-50 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled over 2 hours to 20-25 °C, and stirring was continued for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then further cooled to 0-5 °C over 1 hour, and stirring was continued for 1 hour. The precipitated product was collected by filtration, rinsed via the reactor with 5.0 volumes of heptane, and the damp filter cake was dried in a vacuum drying oven at max. 40 °C until loss on drying was < 2 % weight, giving 2-chloro-/V4-methylpyridine-3, 4-diamine in 85% yield.

Step 3 : Synthesis of -inelhyl- 1 ,5-dihvdro-4H-iinidazoi4,5-c h yridin-4-one

[00188] A reactor was charged with 2-chloro-/V4-methylpyridine-3, 4-diamine and 4 volumes of formic acid. The reaction mixture was heated to smooth reflux within one hour, and reflux was maintained for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to

approximately 60 °C, and conversion to the product was verified by HPLC.

[00189] The reaction mixture was then concentrated by distillation under reduced pressure at 60-80 °C to a final volume of 2 volumes. The temperature of the solution was adjusted to 60 °C, maintaining the temperature above 50 °C to avoid precipitation.

[00190] Next, a second reactor was charged with 10 volumes of acetone, and heated to gentle reflux. The product solution from the first reactor was slowly transferred to the acetone in the second reactor over 20 minutes, and the line was rinsed with approximately 0.05 volumes of formic acid. Reflux of the obtained suspension was maintained for 15 minutes. The slurry was cooled to 0 °C within 1 hour, and stirring was continued for 1 hour at that temperature. The precipitate was collected by filtration, and the filter cake was rinsed via the reactor with 3.7 volumes of cold acetone at 0-10 °C. The filter cake was dried in a flow of dry nitrogen or in a vacuum drying oven at 50 °C until loss on drying was < 2% of weight, giving 1 -methyl- 1 ,5-dihydiO-4/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyndin-4-onc in 95% yield.

Step 4: Synthesis of l-methyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-J5-dihvdro-4H-imidaz.o[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one

[00191] A first reactor (Reactor A) was charged with 1 -methyl- 1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (1.0 mol equivalent), Cu(0Ac)2 H20 (0.1 mol equivalents), and K2C03 (1.1 mol equivalents). The reactor was closed and the atmosphere replaced with nitrogen.

[00192] Next, l-bromo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (1.5 mol equivalents) and N-methylpyrrolidinone (5.4 volume equivalents) were added, whereupon a suspension was formed. The suspension was stirred until the temperature had fallen again to approximately 20-25 °C and gas evolution had slowed. The reaction mixture was heated to approximately 130-150 °C at which time a blue/green color was observed, changing to dark brown after some time. The reaction was stirred at 130-150 °C for at least 40 hours. Stirring times of 40 hours up to 72 hours were required to reach an acceptable level of conversion. In general, higher reaction temperatures supported faster conversion.

[00193] Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 20-30 °C, and 25% aqueous NH3 (0.7 volume equivalents) was added, followed by water (3.5 volume equivalents). The resulting suspension was transferred into a second reactor (Reactor B). Additional water was added (18.1 volume equivalents) to the reaction mixture via Reactor A, followed by n-heptane (3.2 volume equivalents). The resulting suspension was cooled to approximately 0-5 °C, and stirred for approximately 2 hours.

[00194] The suspension was filtered, and the filter cake was washed with water (9.7 volume equivalents). The filter cake was then dissolved in dichloromethane (14.1 volume equivalents) and transferred back into reactor B. To this solution was added water (5.7 volume equivalents) via the filter, followed by 25% aq. NH3(1.6 volume equivalents). The mixture was stirred for approximately 1 hour at approximately 15-25 °C.

[00195] Next, the layers were separated, and dichloromethane was added (3.6 volume equivalents) to the aqueous layer. The biphasic mixture was stirred at approximately 15-25 °C for approximately 20-30 minutes. The layers were separated over a period of at least 1 hour, and to the combined organic layers was added a solution of NH4Cl (2.5 mol equivalents) in water (7.0 volume equivalents). The biphasic mixture was stirred at approximately 15-25 °C for about 20-30 minutes, then the layers were separated over the course of 1 hour.

[00196] The lower organic layer was filtered through a particle filter and diluted with toluene (7.1 volume equivalents) via the filter. The organic layer was concentrated under ambient pressure at approximately 80 °C, until no further liquid was seen to evaporate and a precipitate began to form. Toluene was added (16.6 volume equivalents), then concentrated in vacuo, followed by addition of more toluene (7.1 volume equivalents) and again concentrated in vacuo. The suspension was cooled to approximately 0-5 °C, stirred for approximately 2 hours, and filtered. The filter cake was washed with toluene (2.9 volume equivalents), and dried in vacuo at approximately 50 °C until the loss on drying was 0.5% of the weight to give l-methyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-47/-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one as a beige-colored solid in 83.1% yield.

Step 5 : Synthesis of 7-bromo- 1 -methyl-5-(4-( trifluoromethoxy Iphenyl )- l,5- 4H- 

imidaz.o[4,5-clpyridin-4-one

[00197] A first reactor (Reactor A) was charged with water (1.8 volume equivalents) and cooled to approximately 0-5 °C, to which was slowly added 96% sulfuric acid (14 mol. equivalents) at approximately 0-20 °C. The temperature of the solution was adjusted to approximately 0-5 °C, and l -mcthyl-5-(4-(tnfluoromcthoxy)phcnyl)-l ,5-dihydro-4/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (1.0 mol equivalent) was added in 3-4 portions at approximately 0-5 °C. The temperature of the mixture was adjusted to approximately 0-5 °C, and N-bromosuccinimide (1.0 mol equivalents) was slowly added in 3-4 portions, while maintaining the temperature at approximately 0-5 °C.

[00198] The reaction mixture was stirred for about 1 hour at approximately 0-5 °C, and then for an additional 4-16 hours at approximately 0-22 °C. Conversion to the product was confirmed by HPLC, then the reaction mixture was cooled to approximately 0-5 °C.

[00199] A second reactor (Reactor B) was charged with water (42.7 volume equivalents) and cooled to approximately 0-5 °C. The reaction mixture from Reactor A was transferred into the pre-cooled water in Reactor B at a temperature below 30 °C over 2 hours. The reaction was rinsed with water (1.6 volume equivalents), and 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide (25 mol. equivalents) was carefully added at approximately 0-30 °C over about 2 hours until the pH reached 2-5.

[00200] Next, MTBE (6.5 volume equivalents) was added at approximately 0-20 °C, and the mixture was stirred for about 5 minutes. Additional 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mol. equivalents) was added at approximately 0-30 °C until the pH of the solution was in the range of 10-14. The reaction was stirred for at least 1.5 hours at approximately 15-25 °C, and then the layers were allowed to separate over a period of at least 1 hour. The suspension was filtered, taking care to capture the product, which accumulated at the interface of the aqueous and organic layers. The filter cake was washed with MTBE (1.7 volume equivalents), water (3.0 volume equivalents), and then MTBE again (3.0 volume equivalents). The product was dried in vacuo at below 50 °C until the loss on drying was < 1% of the weight, giving 7-bromo-l-methyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-47/-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one as a pale beige-colored solid in 97.6% yield.

Step 6: Synthesis of 1 -methyl-7 -( 1 -methyl-lH-pyraz.ol-4-yl )-5-(4-( trifluoromethoxy )pheml )-J5-dihvdro-4H-imidaz.o[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (Compound /)

[00201] A reactor was charged with 7-bromo-l-methyl-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-4//-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (1.0 mol equivalents), ( 1 -methyl- 1 //-pyrazol-4-yl)boronic acid pinacol ester (l-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l//-pyrazole, 1.6 mol equivalents), Pd[Ph3]4 (0.025 mol equivalents, and K2C03 (2.0 mol equivalents), to which were added acetonitrile (10.0 volume equivalents) and water (3.0 volume equivalents). The reaction mixture was stirred for approximately 10-20 minutes at about 20-25 °C to form a suspension.

[00202] The mixture was heated to slight reflux, whereupon a biphasic, yellow solution formed. The mixture was stirred at slight reflux for at least 10 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to between 30-50 °C, then passed through a particle filter. The filter was washed with acetonitrile (2.6 volume equivalents), the filtrates were combined, and the solution was concentrated to a final volume of approximately 120 mL (4.8 volume equivalents) under reduced pressure at below 60 °C.

[00203] To the resulting suspension was added water (1.9 volume equivalents), methanol (26 mL, 1.0 volume equivalents), and dichloromethane (14.8 volume equivalents). The mixture was warmed to about 30-35 °C and stirred until two clear layers were observed. The layers were allowed to separate without stirring at about 30-35 °C, and additional dichloromethane (3.7 volume equivalents) was added to the aqueous layer. The mixture was warmed to approximately 30-35 °C and stirred for about 5 minutes, and then the layers were allowed to separate at approximately 30-35 °C.

[00204] To the combined organic layers was added water (1.9 volume equivalents), and the mixture was warmed to approximately 30-35 °C and stirred for about 5 minutes. The layers were separated at approximately 30-35 °C. Charcoal was added to the combined organic layers and stirred for 30-60 minutes at approximately 30-35 °C. The charcoal was removed by filtration, and the filter was washed with dichloromethane (39 mL, 1.6 volume equivalents).

[00205] The solution was concentrated to approximately 4.0 volume equivalents at ambient pressure and at below 50 °C, then diluted with methanol (5.0 volume equivalents). The solution was again concentrated to approximately 4.0 volume equivalents at ambient pressure and below 60 °C, diluted with methanol (5.0 volume equivalents), and concentrated to a final volume of approximately 3.0 volume equivalents under reduced pressure below 60 °C.

[00206] To the resulting suspension was added methanol (2.9 volume equivalents), and the suspension was warmed to approximately 45-55 °C and stirred for about 1 hour. The suspension was cooled to approximately 0-5 °C within approximately 1 hour, stirred for 1 hour at approximately 0-5 °C, and then filtered. The filter cake was washed with cold methanol (pre-cooled to approximately 0-10 °C, 2.9 volume equivalents), and the product was dried under a stream of nitrogen and in vacuo at below 60 °C until the loss on drying was < 1% by weight, giving Compound I (l-methyl-7-(l-methyl-l -pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-4//-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one) as a white solid in 88.5% yield.

Step 7: Recrystallization of 1 -methyl-7 -(1 -methyl- lH-pyraz.ol-4-yl)-5-( 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-J5-dihvdro-4H-imidaz.o[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (Compound /)

[00207] A reactor was charged with crude l-methyl-7-(l -methyl- l//-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-47/-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one from step 6, and to this was added glacial acetic acid (1.5 volume equivalents). The suspension was warmed to approximately 50-60 °C and stirred until a clear solution was obtained, approximately 10-20 minutes. The warm solution was passed through a particle filter into a second reactor.

[00208] To this solution was added ethanol (10.0 volume equivalents) at approximately 45-55 °C over 2 hours. The suspension was stirred for approximately 30 minutes at approximately 45-55 °C, then cooled to approximately 0-5 °C over about 4 hours. The suspension was then stirred for approximately 4-16 hours at about 0-5 °C.

[00209] Next, the suspension was filtered and the filter cake was washed with cold isopropanol (4.2 volume equivalents) at approximately 0-20 °C. The product was dried under a nitrogen stream and in vacuo at below 60 °C until the loss on drying was < 1% by weight, giving Compound I ( 1 – mcthyl-7-( 1 -methyl- 1 /7-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(tnfluoromcthoxy)phcnyl)-l,5-dihydro-47/-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one) as a white solid in 93.0% yield.

Step 8 : Synthesis of 1 -methyl-7 -( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4-yl )-5-(4-( trifluoromethoxy )phenyl )- 1 ,5-dihvdro-4H-imidaz.oi 4,5-clpyridin-4-one, mono – mono -tosylate

salt)

[00210] A reactor was charged with Compound I ( 1 -mcthyl-7-( 1 -methyl- 1 /7-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-4//-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one, 1.00 mol equivalent), para-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.05 mol equivalents), acetone (6.75 volume equivalents), and water (0.75 volume equivalents). The mixture was stirred at 15-25 °C until a clear solution formed, and then this solution was filtered through a particle filter into a second reactor.

[00211] The filter was washed with acetone (2.5 volume equivalents), and to the combined filtrates was added MTBE (7.5 volume equivalents) at 15-25 °C and Compound I mono-tosylate seeding crystals (0.001 mol equivalents).

[00212] The resulting suspension was stirred at 15-25 °C for approximately 30-60 minutes, and MTBE was added (22.5 volume equivalents) at 15-25 °C during a period of

approximately 30 minutes. Stirring was continued at 15-25 °C for approximately 30-60 minutes, and then the suspension was filtered. The filter was washed with MTBE (2.5 volume equivalents), and the material was dried in vacuo at below 55 °C to give Compound I mono-tosylate salt (l-methyl-7-(l-methyl-l//-pyrazol-4-yl)-5-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-l,5-dihydro-47/-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one, mono-tosylate salt) as a white, crystalline solid in 93% yield.

PATENT

WO2018102323 ,

claiming use of a specific compound, orally administered, in combination with food (eg low, medium or high fat meal) for treating fibrotic, inflammatory or autoimmune disorders eg idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis IPF, assigned to Genentech Inc ,

References

  1. Roche licenses IPF candidate to Ark Biosciences. Internet-Doc 2019;.

    Available from: URL: https://scrip.pharmaintelligence.informa.com/deals/201820364

  2. Roche Q3 2018. Internet-Doc 2018;.

    Available from: URL: https://www.roche.com/dam/jcr:f9cad8fc-8655-4692-9a85-efbe1cf7a59b/en/irp181017.pdf

  3. A Phase 1, Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Ascending, Single- and Multiple-Oral-Dose, Safety, Tolerability, and Pharmacokinetic Study of GDC-3280 in Healthy Subjects

    ctiprofile 

// AK-3280,  AK 3280, AK3280,  GDC 3280, RG 6069, PHASE 1, Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis

FDA approves new antibiotic Xenleta (lefamulin) to treat community-acquired bacterial pneumonia

$
0
0

FDA approves new antibiotic  Xenleta (lefamulin) to treat community-acquired bacterial pneumonia

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Xenleta (lefamulin) to treat adults with community-acquired bacterial pneumonia.

“This new drug provides another option for the treatment of patients with community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, a serious disease,” said Ed Cox, M.D., M.P.H., director of FDA’s Office of Antimicrobial Products. “For managing this serious disease, it is important for physicians and patients to have treatment options. This approval reinforces our ongoing commitment to address treatment of infectious diseases by facilitating the development of new antibiotics.”

Community-acquired pneumonia occurs when someone develops pneumonia in the community (not in a hospital). Pneumonia is a type of lung infection that can range in severity from mild to severe illness and can affect people of all ages. According to data from the Centers from Disease Control and Prevention, each year in the United States, about one million people are hospitalized with community-acquired pneumonia and 50,000 people die from the disease.

The safety and efficacy of Xenleta, taken either orally or intravenously, was evaluated in two clinical trials with a total of 1,289 patients with CABP. In these trials, treatment with Xenleta was compared to another antibiotic, moxifloxacin with or without linezolid. The trials showed that patients treated with Xenleta had similar rates of clinical success as those treated with moxifloxacin with or without linezolid.

The most common adverse reactions reported in patients taking Xenleta included diarrhea, nausea, reactions at the injection site, elevated liver enzymes and vomiting. Xenleta has the potential to cause a change on an ECG reading (prolonged QT interval). Patients with prolonged QT interval, patients with certain irregular heart rhythms (arrhythmias), patients receiving treatment for certain irregular heart rhythms (antiarrhythmic agents), and patients receiving other drugs that prolong the QT interval should avoid Xenleta. In addition, Xenleta should not be used in patients with known hypersensitivity to lefamulin or any other members of the pleuromutilin antibiotic class, or any of the components of Xenleta. Based on findings of fetal harm in animal studies, pregnant women and women who could become pregnant should be advised of the potential risks of Xenleta to a fetus. Women who could become pregnant should be advised to use effective contraception during treatment with Xenleta and for two days after the final dose.

Xenleta received FDA’s Qualified Infectious Disease Product (QIDP) designation. The QIDP designation is given to antibacterial and antifungal drug products intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections under the Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now (GAIN) title of the FDA Safety and Innovation Act. As part of QIDP designation, Xenleta was granted Priority Review under which the FDA’s goal is to take action on an application within an expedited time frame.

The FDA granted the approval of Xenleta to Nabriva Therapeutics.

A key global challenge the FDA faces as a public health agency is addressing the threat of antimicrobial-resistant infections. Among the FDA’s other efforts to address antimicrobial resistance, is the focus on facilitating the development of safe and effective new treatments to give patients more options to fight serious infections.

LINK

http://s2027422842.t.en25.com/e/er?utm_campaign=081919_PR_FDA%20approves%20new%20antibiotic%20to%20treat%20community-acquired%20bacterial%20pneumonia&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Eloqua&s=2027422842&lid=9299&elqTrackId=AC98B5F2F3FDA7EADC5780AB18C8861A&elq=a5d6c9e321e34425b20035738f0e4edf&elqaid=9185&elqat=1

//////////Xenleta,  Nabriva Therapeutics, Qualified Infectious Disease Product, QIDP, fda 2019, Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now, GAIN, lefamulin, community-acquired bacterial pneumonia, antibacterial, Priority Review

FDA approves third oncology drug Rozlytrek (entrectinib) that targets a key genetic driver of cancer, rather than a specific type of tumor

$
0
0

FDA approves third oncology drug Rozlytrek (entrectinib) that targets a key genetic driver of cancer, rather than a specific type of tumor 

FDA also approves drug for second indication in a type of lung cancer

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today granted accelerated approval to Rozlytrek (entrectinib), a treatment for adult and adolescent patients whose cancers have the specific genetic defect, NTRK (neurotrophic tyrosine receptor kinase) gene fusion and for whom there are no effective treatments.

“We are in an exciting era of innovation in cancer treatment as we continue to see development in tissue agnostic therapies, which have the potential to transform cancer treatment. We’re seeing continued advances in the use of biomarkers to guide drug development and the more targeted delivery of medicine,” said FDA Acting Commissioner Ned Sharpless, M.D. “Using the FDA’s expedited review pathways, including breakthrough therapy designation and accelerated approval process, we’re supporting this innovation in precision oncology drug development and the evolution of more targeted and effective treatments for cancer patients. We remain committed to encouraging the advancement of more targeted innovations in oncology treatment and across disease types based on our growing understanding of the underlying biology of diseases.”

This is the third time the agency has approved a cancer treatment based on a common biomarker across different types of tumors rather than the location in the body where the tumor originated. The approval marks a new paradigm in the development of cancer drugs that are “tissue agnostic.” It follows the policies that the FDA developed in a guidance document released in 2018. The previous tissue agnostic indications approved by the FDA were pembrolizumab for tumors with microsatellite instability-high (MSI-H) or mismatch repair deficient (dMMR) tumors in 2017 and larotrectinib for NTRK gene fusion tumors in 2018.

“Today’s approval includes an indication for pediatric patients, 12 years of age and older, who have NTRK-fusion-positive tumors by relying on efficacy information obtained primarily in adults. The FDA continues to encourage the inclusion of adolescents in clinical trials. Traditionally, clinical development of new cancer drugs in pediatric populations is not started until development is well underway in adults, and often not until after approval of an adult indication,” said Richard Pazdur, M.D., director of the FDA’s Oncology Center of Excellence and acting director of the Office of Hematology and Oncology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Efficacy in adolescents was derived from adult data and safety was demonstrated in 30 pediatric patients.”

The ability of Rozlytrek to shrink tumors was evaluated in four clinical trials studying 54 adults with NTRK fusion-positive tumors. The proportion of patients with substantial tumor shrinkage (overall response rate) was 57%, with 7.4% of patients having complete disappearance of the tumor. Among the 31 patients with tumor shrinkage, 61% had tumor shrinkage persist for nine months or longer. The most common cancer locations were the lung, salivary gland, breast, thyroid and colon/rectum.

Rozlytrek was also approved today for the treatment of adults with non-small cell lung cancer whose tumors are ROS1-positive (mutation of the ROS1 gene) and has spread to other parts of the body (metastatic). Clinical studies evaluated 51 adults with ROS1-positive lung cancer. The overall response rate was 78%, with 5.9% of patients having complete disappearance of their cancer. Among the 40 patients with tumor shrinkage, 55% had tumor shrinkage persist for 12 months or longer.

Rozlytrek’s common side effects are fatigue, constipation, dysgeusia (distorted sense of taste), edema (swelling), dizziness, diarrhea, nausea, dysesthesia (distorted sense of touch), dyspnea (shortness of breath), myalgia (painful or aching muscles), cognitive impairment (confusion, problems with memory or attention, difficulty speaking, or hallucinations), weight gain, cough, vomiting, fever, arthralgia and vision disorders (blurred vision, sensitivity to light, double vision, worsening of vision, cataracts, or floaters). The most serious side effects of Rozlytrek are congestive heart failure (weakening or damage to the heart muscle), central nervous system effects (cognitive impairment, anxiety, depression including suicidal thinking, dizziness or loss of balance, and change in sleep pattern, including insomnia and excessive sleepiness), skeletal fractures, hepatotoxicity (damage to the liver), hyperuricemia (elevated uric acid), QT prolongation (abnormal heart rhythm) and vision disorders. Health care professionals should inform females of reproductive age and males with a female partner of reproductive potential to use effective contraception during treatment with Rozlytrek. Women who are pregnant or breastfeeding should not take Rozlytrek because it may cause harm to a developing fetus or newborn baby.

Rozlytrek was granted accelerated approval. This approval commits the sponsor to provide additional data to the FDA. Rozlytrek also received Priority ReviewBreakthrough Therapy and Orphan Drug designation. The approval of Rozlytrek was granted to Genentech, Inc.

link http://s2027422842.t.en25.com/e/es?s=2027422842&e=244904&elqTrackId=376c7bc788024cd5a73d955f2e3dcbdc&elq=46563b1749694ceb96d9f79a6d5cd8a7&elqaid=9150&elqat=1

///////////////Rozlytrek, entrectinib, accelerated approval, priority ReviewBreakthrough Therapy,  Orphan Drug designation, fda 2019, Genentech, cancer

FDA approves treatment Inrebic (fedratinib) for patients with rare bone marrow disorder

$
0
0

FDA approves treatment Inrebic (fedratinib) for patients with rare bone marrow disorder

Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Inrebic (fedratinib) capsules to treat adult patients with certain types of myelofibrosis.

“Prior to today, there was one FDA-approved drug to treat patients with myelofibrosis, a rare bone marrow disorder. Our approval today provides another option for patients,” said Richard Pazdur, M.D., director of the FDA’s Oncology Center of Excellence and acting director of the Office of Hematology and Oncology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “The FDA is committed to encouraging the development of treatments for patients with rare diseases and providing alternative options, as not all patients respond in the same way.”

Myelofibrosis is a chronic disorder where scar tissue forms in the bone marrow and the production of the blood cells moves from the bone marrow to the spleen and liver, causing organ enlargement. It can cause extreme fatigue, shortness of breath, pain below the ribs, fever, night sweats, itching and bone pain. When myelofibrosis occurs on its own, it is called primary myelofibrosis. Secondary myelofibrosis occurs when there is excessive red blood cell production (polycythemia vera) or excessive platelet production (essential thrombocythemia) that evolves into myelofibrosis.

Jakafi (ruxolitinib) was approved by the FDA in 2011. The approval of Inrebic for intermediate-2 or high-risk primary or secondary (post-polycythemia vera or post-essential thrombocythemia) myelofibrosis was based on the results of a clinical trial where 289 patients with myelofibrosis were randomized to receive two different doses (400 mg or 500 mg daily by mouth) of fedratinib or placebo. The clinical trial showed that 35 of 96 patients treated with the fedratinib 400 mg daily dose (the dose recommended in the approved label) experienced a significant therapeutic effect (measured by greater than or equal to a 35% reduction from baseline in spleen volume at the end of cycle 6 (week 24) as measured by an MRI or CT scan with a follow-up scan four weeks later). As a result of treatment with Inrebic, 36 patients experienced greater than or equal to a 50% reduction in myelofibrosis-related symptoms, such as night sweats, itching, abdominal discomfort, feeling full sooner than normal, pain under ribs on left side, and bone or muscle pain.

The prescribing information for Inrebic includes a Boxed Warning to advise health care professionals and patients about the risk of serious and fatal encephalopathy (brain damage or malfunction), including Wernicke’s, which is a neurologic emergency related to a deficiency in thiamine. Health care professionals are advised to assess thiamine levels in all patients prior to starting Inrebic, during treatment and as clinically indicated. If encephalopathy is suspected, Inrebic should be immediately discontinued.

Common side effects for patients taking Inrebic are diarrhea, nausea, vomiting, fatigue and muscle spasms. Health care professionals are cautioned that patients may experience severe anemia (low iron levels) and thrombocytopenia (low level of platelets in the blood). Patients should be monitored for gastrointestinal toxicity and for hepatic toxicity (liver damage). The dose should be reduced or stopped if a patient develops severe diarrhea, nausea or vomiting. Treatment with anti-diarrhea medications may be recommended. Patients may develop high levels of amylase and lipase in their blood and should be managed by dose reduction or stopping the mediation. Inrebic must be dispensed with a patient Medication Guide that describes important information about the drug’s uses and risks.

The FDA granted this application Priority Review designation. Inrebic also received Orphan Drug designation, which provides incentives to assist and encourage the development of drugs for rare diseases. The FDA granted the approval of Inrebic to Impact Biomedicines, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Celgene Corporation.

LINK

http://s2027422842.t.en25.com/e/es?s=2027422842&e=245172&elqTrackId=376c7bc788024cd5a73d955f2e3dcbdc&elq=2a5deafa24e642ce8b78e60dd7bc7120&elqaid=9163&elqat=1

///////Inrebic , fedratinib, FDA 2019, Priority Review , Orphan Drug, Biomedicines, Celgene , bone marrow disorder

FDA approves new add-on drug Nourianz (istradefylline) to treat off episodes in adults with Parkinson’s disease

$
0
0

Istradefylline.png

READ AT https://newdrugapprovals.org/2016/04/25/istradefylline/

FDA approves new add-on drug  Nourianz (istradefylline)  to treat off episodes in adults with Parkinson’s disease

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Nourianz (istradefylline) tablets as an add-on treatment to levodopa/carbidopa in adult patients with Parkinson’s disease (PD) experiencing “off” episodes. An “off” episode is a time when a patient’s medications are not working well, causing an increase in PD symptoms, such as tremor and difficulty walking.

“Parkinson’s disease is a debilitating condition that profoundly impacts patients’ lives,” said Eric Bastings, M.D., acting director of the Division of Neurology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “We are committed to helping make additional treatments for Parkinson’s disease available to patients.”

According to the National Institutes of Health, PD is the second-most common neurodegenerative disorder in the U.S. after Alzheimer’s disease. An estimated 50,000 Americans are diagnosed with PD each year, and about one million Americans have the condition. The neurological disorder typically occurs in people over age 60, although it can occur earlier. It happens when cells in the brain, which produce a chemical called dopamine, become impaired or die. Dopamine helps transmit signals between the areas of the brain that produce smooth, purposeful movements – such as eating, writing, and shaving. Early symptoms of the disease are subtle and typically worsen gradually; however, the disease progresses more quickly in some people than in others.

The effectiveness of Nourianz in treating “off” episodes in patients with PD who are already being treated with levodopa/carbidopa was shown in four 12-week placebo-controlled clinical studies that included a total of 1,143 participants. In all four studies, patients treated with Nourianz experienced a statistically significant decrease from baseline in daily “off” time compared to patients receiving a placebo.

The most common adverse reactions observed in patients taking Nourianz were involuntary muscle movement (dyskinesia), dizziness, constipation, nausea, hallucination and sleeplessness (insomnia).  Patients should be monitored for development of dyskinesia or exacerbation of existing dyskinesia. If hallucinations, psychotic behavior, or impulsive/compulsive behavior occurs, a dosage reduction or stoppage of Nourianz should be considered. Use of Nourianz during pregnancy is not recommended. Women of childbearing potential should be advised to use contraception during treatment.

The FDA granted approval of Nourianz to Kyowa Kirin, Inc.

////// Nourianz, istradefylline, Kyowa Kirin, FDA 2019, Parkinson’s disease

http://s2027422842.t.en25.com/e/es?s=2027422842&e=247739&elqTrackId=376c7bc788024cd5a73d955f2e3dcbdc&elq=13a4a62732604a51b1b15a493db7c071&elqaid=9263&elqat=1

Labetalol Hydrochloride, ラベタロール ,

$
0
0

Labetalol.svg

ChemSpider 2D Image | Labetalol | C19H24N2O3

Labetalol

ラベタロール;

  • Molecular FormulaC19H24N2O3
  • Average mass328.405 Da

Labetalol hydrochloride, AH-5158A, Sch-15719W, Amipress, Trandate, Normodyne

Labetalol was granted FDA approval on 1 August 1984

Presolol; (RS)-2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl}benzamide; 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenyl propyl)amino]ethyl]salicylamide

A salicylamide derivative that is a non-cardioselective blocker of BETA-ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS and ALPHA-1 ADRENERGIC RECEPTORS.

253-258-3 [EINECS]
2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(4-phenyl-2-butanyl)amino]ethyl}benzamide [ACD/IUPAC Name]
2-Hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(4-phenylbutan-2-yl)amino]ethyl}benzamide
36894-69-6 [RN]
Benzamide, 2-hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)-
Benzamide, 2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]- [ACD/Index Name]
Dilevalol
Labetalol[Wiki]
labetolol
[32780-64-6]
[36894-69-6]
2-Hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)benzamide
  • AH 5158
  • Albetol
  • EC 253-258-3
  • EINECS 253-258-3
  • HSDB 6537
  • Ibidomide
  • Labetalol
  • Labetalolum
  • Labetalolum [INN-Latin]
  • Labetolol
  • SCH 15719W
  • UNII-R5H8897N95
Labetalol hydrochloride >98% (TLC), powder

Labetalol hydrochloride

  • CAS Number 32780-64-6,
  • Empirical Formula (Hill Notation) C19H24N2O3 · HCl,
  • Molecular Weight 364.87

REF https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/anda/98/74787_Labetalol%20Hydrochloride_Chemr.pdf

Image result for labetalol

RR

CAS 75659-07-3

  • (R,R)-Labetalol
  • Dilevalol
  • Dilevalolum
  • Dilevalolum [Latin]
  • UNII-P6629XE33T

Labetalol is a racemic mixture of 2 diastereoisomers where dilevalol, the R,R’ stereoisomer, makes up 25% of the mixture.8 Labetalol is formulated as an injection or tablets to treat hypertension

Labetalol is a medication used to treat high blood pressure and in long term management of angina.[1][2] This includes essential hypertension, hypertensive emergencies, and hypertension of pregnancy.[2] In essential hypertension it is generally less preferred than a number of other blood pressure medications.[1] It can be given by mouth or by injection into a vein.[1]

Common side effects include low blood pressure with standing, dizziness, feeling tired, and nausea.[1] Serious side effects may include low blood pressureliver problemsheart failure, and bronchospasm.[1] Use appears safe in the latter part of pregnancy and it is not expected to cause problems during breastfeeding.[2][3] It works by blocking the activation of β-receptors and α-receptors.[1]

Labetalol was patented in 1966 and came into medical use in 1977.[4] It is available as a generic medication.[2] A month supply in the United Kingdom costs the NHS about 8 £ as of 2019.[2] In the United States the wholesale cost of this amount is about US$12.[5] In 2016 it was the 233rd most prescribed medication in the United States with more than 2

Medical uses

Labetalol is effective in the management of hypertensive emergencies, postoperative hypertension, pheochromocytoma-associated hypertension, and rebound hypertension from beta blocker withdrawal. [7]

It has a particular indication in the treatment of pregnancy-induced hypertension which is commonly associated with pre-eclampsia[8]

It is also used as an alternative in the treatment of severe hypertension.[7]

Special populations

Pregnancy: studies in lab animals showed no harm to the baby. However, a comparable well-controlled study has not been performed in pregnant women.[9]

Nursing: breast milk has been shown to contain small amounts of labetalol (0.004% original dose). Prescribers should be cautious in the use of labetalol for nursing mothers.[9]

Pediatric: no studies have established safety or usefulness in this population.[9]

Geriatric: the elderly are more likely to experience dizziness when taking labetalol. Labetalol should be dosed with caution in the elderly and counseled on this side effect.[9]

Side effects

Common

Low blood pressure with standing is more severe and more common with IV formulation (58% vs 1%[9]) and is often the reason larger doses of the oral formulation cannot be used.[10]

Rare

Contraindications

Labetalol is contraindicated in people with overt cardiac failure, greater-than-first-degree heart block, severe bradycardiacardiogenic shock, severe hypotension, anyone with a history of obstructive airway disease including asthma, and those with hypersensitivity to the drug.[12]

Chemistry

The minimum requirement for adrenergic agents is a primary or secondary amine separated from a substituted benzene ring by one or two carbons.[13] This configuration results in strong agonist activity. As the size of the substituent attached to the amine becomes greater, particularly with respect to a t-butyl group, then the molecule typically is found to have receptor affinity without intrinsic activity, and is, therefore, an antagonist.[13] Labetalol, with its 1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl substituted amine, is greater in size relative to a t-butyl group and therefore acts predominantly as an antagonist. The overall structure of labetalol is very polar. This was created by substituting the isopropyl group in the standard beta-blocker structure with an aralkyl group, including a carboxamide group on the meta position, and by adding a hydroxyl group on the para position.[14]

Labetalol has two chiral carbons and consequently exists as four stereoisomers.[15] Two of these isomers, the (S,S)- and (R,S)- forms are inactive. The third, the (S,R)-isomer, is a powerful α1 blocker. The fourth isomer, the (R,R)-isomer which is also known as dilevalol, is a mixed nonselective β blocker and selective α1 blocker.[14] Labetalol is typically given as a racemic mixture to achieve both alpha and beta receptor blocking activity.[16]

Stereoisomers of labetalol
(RR)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(R,R)-Labetalol
CAS number: 75659-07-3
(SS)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(S,S)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-24-2
(RS)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(R,S)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-32-2
(SR)-Labetalol Structural Formula V1.svg
(S,R)-Labetalol
CAS number: 83167-31-1

Labetalol acts by blocking alpha and beta adrenergic receptors, resulting in decreased peripheral vascular resistance without significant alteration of heart rate or cardiac output.

The β:α antagonism of labetalol is approximately 3:1.[17][18]

It is chemically designated in International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) nomenclature as 2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide monohydrochloride.[16][19]

Pharmacology

Mechanism of action

Labetalol’s dual alpha and beta adrenergic antagonism has different physiological effects in short- and long-term situations. In short-term, acute situations, labetalol decreases blood pressure by decreasing systemic vascular resistance with little effect on stroke volume, heart rate and cardiac output.[20] During long-term use, labetalol can reduce heart rate during exercise while maintaining cardiac output by an increase in stroke volume.[21]

Labetalol is a dual alpha (α1) and beta (β1/β2) adrenergic receptor blocker and competes with other Catecholamines for binding to these sites.[22] Its action on these receptors are potent and reversible.[12] Labetalol is highly selective for postsynaptic alpha1- adrenergic, and non-selective for beta-adrenergic receptors. It is about equipotent in blocking both beta1- and beta2- receptors.[14]

The amount of alpha to beta blockade depends on whether labetalol is administered orally or intravenously (IV). Orally, the ratio of alpha to β blockade is 1:3. Intravenously, alpha to β blockade ratio is 1:7.[14][12] Thus, the labetalol can be thought to be a beta-blocker with some alpha-blocking effects.[12][22][23] By comparison, labetalol is a weaker β-blocker than propranolol, and has a weaker affinity for alpha-receptors compared to Phentolamine.[14][22]

Labetalol possesses intrinsic sympathomimetic activity.[23] In particular, it is a partial agonist at beta2- receptors located in the vascular smooth muscle. Labetalol relaxes vascular smooth muscle by a combination of this partial beta2- agonism and through alpha1- blockade.[23][24] Overall, this vasodilatory effect can decrease blood pressure.[25]

Similar to local anesthetics and sodium channel blocking antiarrhythmics, labetalol also has membrane stabilizing activity.[23][26] By decreasing sodium entry, labetalol decreases action potential firing and thus has local anesthetic activity.[27]

Physiological action

The physiological effects of labetalol when administered acutely (intravenously) are not predictable solely by their receptor blocking effect, i.e. blocking beta1- receptors should decrease heart rate, but labetalol does not. When labetalol is given in acute situations, it decreases the peripheral vascular resistance and systemic blood pressure while having little effect on the heart rate, cardiac output and stroke volume, despite its alpha1-, beta1- and beta2- blocking mechanism.[20][21] These effects are mainly seen when the person is in the upright position.[25]

Long term labetalol use also has different effects from other beta-blocking drugs. Other beta-blockers, such as propranolol, persistently reduce cardiac output during exercise. The peripheral vascular resistance decreases when labetalol is first administered. Continuous labetalol use further decreases peripheral vascular resistance. However, during exercise, cardiac output remains the same due to a compensatory mechanism that increases stroke volume. Thus, labetalol is able to reduce heart rate during exercise while maintaining cardiac output by the increase in stroke volume.[21]

Pharmacokinetics

Labetalol, in animal models, was found to cross the blood-brain-barrier in only negligible amounts.[28]

History

Labetalol was the first drug created that combined both alpha- and beta- adrenergic receptor blocking properties. It was created to potentially fix the compensatory reflex issue that occurred when blocking a single receptor subtype, i.e. vasoconstriction after blocking beta-receptors or tachycardia after blocking alpha receptors. Because the reflex from blocking the single receptor subtypes acted to prevent the lowering of blood pressure, it was postulated that weak blocking of both alpha- and beta- receptors could work together to decrease blood pressure.[14][21]

Syn 1

Drugs Fut 1976,1(3),125

DE 1643224; FR 1557677; FR 8010M; GB 1200886; US 3642896; US 3644353; US 3705233

Condensation of 5-bromoacetylsalicylamide (I) with N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amine (II) in refluxing butanone to 5-(N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) glycyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (III), m.p. 139-141 C, which is reduced with H2 over Pt-Pd/C in ethanol.

SYN 2

Reductocondensation of 5-(N,N-dibenzylglycyl)salicylamide (IV) and benzylace-tone (V) with H2 over Pd-Pt/C in methanol – acetic acid.

SYN 3

Reaction of methyl 5-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)salicylate hydrochloride (VI) with NH3 to 5-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (VII), m.p. >360 C, which is finally condensed with benzylacetone (V) and reduced with H2 over Pd-Pt/C in methanol.

SYN 4

File:Labetalol synthesis.png

SYN 5

2-hydroxy-5-(1-hydroxy-2-((1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino)ethyl)-, monohydrochloride, could be produced through many synthetic methods.

Following is one of the synthesis routes: 5-Bromoacetylsalicylamide (I) with N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amine (II) is condensed in the presence of refluxing butanone to produce 5-(N-benzyl-N-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) glycyl)salicylamide hydrochloride (III), m.p. 139-141 C, and next the yielding compound is reduced with H2 over Pt-Pd/C in ethanol.

Production of Labetalol hydrochloride

SYN 6

https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2017098520A1/en

aration of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of

Figure imgf000004_0001

Scheme -I illustrates the process for preparation of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of formula (I).

Figure imgf000004_0002

30% NaOH

Step – Sodium borohydride

Figure imgf000004_0003

Pure Labetaiol Hydrochloride (I)

aration of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of

Figure imgf000004_0001

Scheme -I illustrates the process for preparation of Labetaiol Hydrochloride of formula (I).

Figure imgf000004_0002

30% NaOH

Step – Sodium borohydride

Figure imgf000004_0003

Pure Labetaiol Hydrochloride (I)

SYN

https://patents.google.com/patent/EP0009702A1/en

  • The substance labetalol is known from British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444. Its pharmacological properties are discussed by Farmer et. al. in British Journal of Pharmacology, 45: 660-675 (1972), who designate it AH5158; it is shown to block a- and β-adrenergic receptors, suggesting that it would be useful in the treatment of arrhythmia, hypertension and angina pectoris.
  • [0003]
    The unique pharmacological properties of labetalol and its use as an antihypertensive agent are said to be largely a function of the exquisite balance of its a- and a-blocking activities. The file history of U.S.P. 4,012,444 indeed indicates that slight changes in the chemical structure of labetalol deleteriously affect this balance, and, even in the few analogous compounds where the balance is retained, the absolute potencies of these compounds are shown to be too low for them to be useful antihypertensive agents. Therefore, in the treatment of hypertension, labetalol is the compound of choice among those disclosed in British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444.
  • [0004]
    Labetalol has two asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms and therefore can exist as two diastereoisomers and four optical isomers. Indeed, British patent specification 1,266,058 and U.S.P. 4,012,444 disclose that compounds such as labetalol have optically active forms, but give no example of an optically active form. These patent specifications .teach that “the racemic mixtures may be resolved by conventional methods, for example by salt formation with an optically active acid, followed by fractional crystallization”, but give no method of resolution. Example 14 of each specifi cation does indeed describe the separation of labetalol into two diastereoisomers “1” and “2”, using benzoic acid, but this is not an optical resolution. In British patent specifications 1,541,932 and 1,541,933, “isomer 1” is designated “diastereoisomer A” and is characterised as that diastereoisomer whose hydrochloride salt has the higher melting point. These two British patent specifications also disclose that diastereoisomer A is a valuable antiarrhythmic agent since it has strongly reduced β-adrenergic blocking activity and is therefore useful in the treatment of people who have suffered myocardial infarction.
  • [0005]
    We have now discovered that diastereoisomer A is composed of the (S,R) and (R,S) optical isomers of labetalol, whereas diastereoisomer B is composed of the (S,S) and (R,R) optical isomers. We have also-surprisingly found that the novel (R,R) optical isomer of labetalol exhibits, in comparison with labetalol itself, both an unexpectedly high increase in β-adrenergic blocking potency and a decrease in a-adrenergic blocking potency. Thus, when the (R,R) optical isomer is compared with labetalol, the ratio of the β-adrenergic blocking potency to the a-adrenergic blocking potency is found to be greatly and unexpectedly increased. In particular, animal tests have indicated that the (R,R) optical isomer has about twelve times the β-blocking potency of labetalol, but only about one third of the a-blocking potency of labetalol. These. properties could in no way have been predicted theoretically, especially as the β-blocking potency of diastereoisomer B is not significantly different from that of labetalol and the a-blocking potency of diastereoisomer B is half that of labetalol. Indeed, it is clear, when the activities of the four optical isomers of labetalol are compared, that the activities of the diastereoisomers A and B and indeed of labetalol itself cannot be calculated from the activities of their components. One can put this the other way around by saying that the α-and β-blocking activities of the four optical isomers of labetalol do not merely average to give the a- and β-blocking activites of labetalol and of its diastereoisomers A and B. Some of the activities are much greater than could ever have been expected on a simple basis of mathematical proportions, in particular the high β-blocking activity of the (R,R) optical isomer: this activity is much higher than the β-blocking activity of diastereoisomer B so that antagonism evidently exists between the (S,S) and (R,R) optical isomers with respect to the β-blocking activity. This degree of antagonism could in no way have been foreseen. In the absence of this antagonism, the (R,R) optical isomer shows a balance of properties that make it the optical isomer of choice in the treatment of hypertension. In particular, the (R,R) optical isomer possesses potent antihypertensive activity and rapid onset of activity while substantially lacking the undesirable side-effects usually associated with a-blockade, e.g. postural hypotension.
  • The following Table shows the relationships between labetalol, its diastereoisomersA and B and the four pure optical isomers; below each compound are given its potencies as an a-blocking and then as a β-blocking agent, all relative to the values for labetalol (assigned values 1.0 for each blocking activity):

    Figure imgb0001

    This table clearly shows the unexpectedly high β-blocking activity and ratio of β-:α-blocking activities possessed by the (R,R)-optical isomer. Additionally, the (R,R)–optical isomer has been found to possess greater direct peripheral vasodilation activity than labetalol, and this also contributes to its anti-hypertensive activity. Moreover, the (R,R)-optical isomer is substantially non-toxic at therapeutic doses.

  • [0007]
    According to the invention therefore we provide the (R,R)-optical isomer of labetalol, namely 5- {(R)–1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl} salicylamide, which can be characterised by means of its hydrochloride salt which is dimorphic with m.pts. of about 133-134°C. and about 192-193.5°C. and an [α]D 26 of about -30.6° (conc. 1 mg./ml., ethanol), said (R,R) optical isomer being substantially free of the corresponding (R,S), (S,R) and (S,S) optical isomers

reaction scheme:

Figure imgb0002
    E. (-)-5- { (R)-l-Hydroxy-2-[(R)-(l-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)-amino]ethyl} salicylamide hydrochloride salt (9)
  • [0032]
    Treat a solution of 3.0 g. (0.0059 mol.) of 2-0-benzyl-5-{(R) -1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)benzylamino]ethyl} salicylamide in 30 ml. of ethyl ether with 2N ethereal hydrogen chloride until no further precipitation occurs. Wash the precipitated 2-0-benzyl-5-{(R)-1-hydroxy-2-[(R)-(1-methyl–3-phenylpropyl)benzylamino]ethyl} salicylamide hydrochloride with ether to remove excess hydrogen chloride and dissolve it in 100 ml. ethanol. To the ethanol solution add 300 mg. of a 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon catalyst and hydrogenate (3 atm.; 3.1 kg. cm.-2) in a Paar apparatus with shaking at room temperature for 3 hours. Filter off the catalyst, evaporate, and triturate the solid residue with isopropanol. Dissolve the solid in 11 ml. of 1N sodium hydroxide, adjust the pH to about 8 and precipitate the free base by bubbling in carbon dioxide. Collect the free base, wash it with water and dry it in vacuo at 40°C. Chromatograph the free base on 450 g. of silica gel and dissolve the pure product in 20 ml. of boiling acetonitrile. Cool the solution and carefully acidify with 2N ethereal HC1 to about pH2. Solidify the gum which precipitates by refluxing the mixture for 10 minutes, filter off the solid, wash it with ethyl ether and recrystallize it from ethanol to obtain analytically pure product (9), m.p. 192-193.5°C.(dec.), [α]D26 = -30.6° (c=1.0, ethanol).

Dilevalol

Synonyms:(R,R)-Labetalol

ATC:C02CB

  • Use:α- and β-adrenoceptor antagonist, α- and β-blocker, isomer of labetalol, antihypertensive
  • Chemical name:[R-(R*,R*)]-2-hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide
  • Formula:C19H24N2O3
  • MW:328.41 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:75659-07-3
  • LD50:1719 mg/kg (M, p.o.);
    1228 mg/kg (R, p.o.)

Derivatives

Monohydrochloride

  • Formula:C19H24N2O3 • HCl
  • MW:364.87 g/mol
  • CAS-RN:75659-08-4
  • LD50:1079 mg/kg (M, p.o.);
    82 mg/kg (R, i.v.); 1026 mg/kg (R, p.o.)

Synthesis Path

Labetalol

Labetalol
CAS Registry Number: 36894-69-6
CAS Name: 2-Hydroxy-5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]benzamide
Additional Names: 5-[1-hydroxy-2-[(1-methyl-3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]salicylamide; ibidomide
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O3
Molecular Weight: 328.41
Percent Composition: C 69.49%, H 7.37%, N 8.53%, O 14.62%
Literature References: Specific competitive antagonist at both a- and b-adrenergic receptor sites. Prepn: L. H. Lunts, D. T. Collin, DE2032642eidem,US4012444 (1971, 1977 both to Allen & Hanburys). Synthesis of labetalol and enantiomers: J. E. Clifton et al.,J. Med. Chem.25, 670 (1982); and comparison of cardiovascular properties: E. H. Gold et al., ibid. 1363. Abs config of dilevalol: P. Murray-Rust et al.,Acta Crystallogr.C40, 825 (1984). Adrenoceptor blocking properties: E. J. Sybertz et al.,J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther.218, 435 (1981). HPLC determn in serum or plasma: T. F. Woodman, B. Johnson, Ther. Drug Monit.3, 371 (1981). Metabolism in animals and man: R. Hopkins et al.,Biochem. Soc. Trans.4, 726 (1976). Toxicity: K. Shimpo et al.,Hokkaido Igaku Zasshi53, 15 (l978), C.A.90, 66465v (1974). Review of pharmacology: R. Donnelly, G. J. A. Macphee, Clin. Pharmacokinet.21, 95-109 (1991); of therapeutic applications in hypertension and ischemic heart disease: K. L. Goa et al.,Drugs37, 583-627 (1989).
Derivative Type: Hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 32780-64-6
Manufacturers’ Codes: AH-5158A; Sch-15719W
Trademarks: Amipress (Dox-Al); Ipolab (Finmedical); Labelol (ELEA); Labrocol (Lagap); Normodyne (Schering); Presdate (Alfa); Pressalolo (Locatelli); Trandate (Allen & Hanburys)
Molecular Formula: C19H24N2O3.HCl
Molecular Weight: 364.87
Percent Composition: C 62.54%, H 6.91%, N 7.68%, O 13.15%, Cl 9.72%
Properties: White crystalline solid from ethanol-ethyl acetate, mp 187-189°. Sol in water, ethanol. Insol in ether, chloroform. LD50in male, female mice, male, female rats (mg/kg): 114, 120, 113, 107 i.p.; 47, 54, 60, 53 i.v.; 1450, 1800, 4550, 4000 orally (Shimpo).
Melting point: mp 187-189°
Toxicity data: LD50 in male, female mice, male, female rats (mg/kg): 114, 120, 113, 107 i.p.; 47, 54, 60, 53 i.v.; 1450, 1800, 4550, 4000 orally (Shimpo)
Derivative Type: (R,R)-Form hydrochloride
CAS Registry Number: 75659-08-4; 75659-07-3 (free base)
Additional Names: Dilevalol hydrochloride
Manufacturers’ Codes: Sch-19927
Properties: Polymorphic crystals from ethanol, mp 133-134° (dec); mp 192-193.5° (dec). [a]D26 -30.6° (c = 1.0 in ethanol).
Melting point: mp 133-134° (dec); mp 192-193.5° (dec)
Optical Rotation: [a]D26 -30.6° (c = 1.0 in ethanol)
Therap-Cat: Antihypertensive.
Keywords: a-Adrenergic Blocker; ?Adrenergic Blocker; Antihypertensive; Arylethanolamine Derivatives.
Labetalol
Labetalol.svg
Clinical data
Pronunciation /ləˈbɛtəlɔːl/
Trade names Normodyne, Trandate, others
AHFS/Drugs.com Monograph
MedlinePlus a685034
Pregnancy
category
  • C
    One of few drugs used for PIH
Routes of
administration
By mouth, intravenous
ATC code
Legal status
Legal status
  • In general: ℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 25%
Protein binding 50%
Metabolism Liver pass metabolism,
Elimination half-life Tablet: 6-8 hours; IV: 5.5 hours
Excretion Excreted in urine, not removed by hemodialysis
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
IUPHAR/BPS
DrugBank
ChemSpider
UNII
KEGG
ChEBI
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard (EPA)
ECHA InfoCard 100.048.401 Edit this at Wikidata
Chemical and physical data
Formula C19H24N2O3
Molar mass 328.412 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)
Chirality Racemic mixture

References

  1. Jump up to:a b c d e f “Labetalol Hydrochloride Monograph for Professionals”Drugs.com. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  2. Jump up to:a b c d e British national formulary : BNF 76 (76 ed.). Pharmaceutical Press. 2018. pp. 147–148. ISBN 9780857113382.
  3. ^ “Labetalol Use During Pregnancy”Drugs.com. Retrieved 11 March 2019.
  4. ^ Fischer, Jnos; Ganellin, C. Robin (2006). Analogue-based Drug Discovery. John Wiley & Sons. p. 463. ISBN 9783527607495.
  5. ^ “NADAC as of 2019-02-27”Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Retrieved 3 March 2019.
  6. ^ “The Top 300 of 2019”clincalc.com. Retrieved 22 December 2018.
  7. Jump up to:a b Koda-Kimble, Mary A.; Alldredge, Brian K. (2013). “21”. Koda-Kimble and Young’s Applied Therapeutic: The Clinical Use of Drugs. Philadelphia: Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. ISBN 978-1-60913-713-7.
  8. ^ Arulkumaran, N; Lightstone, L (December 2013). “Severe pre-eclampsia and hypertensive crises”. Best Practice & Research. Clinical Obstetrics & Gynaecology27 (6): 877–84. doi:10.1016/j.bpobgyn.2013.07.003PMID 23962474.
  9. Jump up to:a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q “Trandate” (PDF). Prometheus Laboratories Inc. November 2010. Retrieved 3 November 2015.
  10. ^ “Labetalol hydrochloride” (PDF). Hospira. May 2015. Retrieved 3 November 2015.
  11. ^ Shiohara T, Kano Y (2007). “Lichen planus and lichenoid dermatoses”. In Bolognia JL (ed.). Dermatology. St. Louis: Mosby. p. 161. ISBN 978-1-4160-2999-1.
  12. Jump up to:a b c d “Labetalol [package insert]. Spring Valley, NY: Par Pharmaceutical; 2011” (PDF). Retrieved 2015-11-03.
  13. Jump up to:a b Medicinal Chemistry of Adrenergics and Cholinergics
  14. Jump up to:a b c d e f Louis, W.J.; McNeill, JJ; Drummer, OH (1988). Doyle, AE (ed.). Labetalol and other vasodilator/Beta-blocking drugs. IN: Handbook of Hypertension. Amsterdam, Netherlands: Elsevier Sciences Publishing Co. pp. 246–273. ISBN 978-0-444-90469-0.
  15. ^ Riva E, Mennini T, Latini R (December 1991). “The alpha- and beta-adrenoceptor blocking activities of labetalol and its RR-SR (50:50) stereoisomers”Br. J. Pharmacol104 (4): 823–8. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.1991.tb12513.xPMC 1908821PMID 1687367.
  16. Jump up to:a b Robertson D, Biaggioni, I. Adrenoceptor Antagonist Drugs. In: Katzung BG, Masters SB, Trevor AJ, eds. Basic & Clinical Pharmacology. 12th ed. San Francisco, CA: McGraw Hill Lange Medical; 2012: 151-168. ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8.
  17. ^ Katzung, Bertram G. (2006). Basic and clinical pharmacology. New York: McGraw-Hill Medical. p. 170. ISBN 978-0-07-145153-6.
  18. ^ D A Richards; J Tuckman; B N Prichard (October 1976). “Assessment of alpha- and beta-adrenoceptor blocking actions of labetalol”Br J Clin Pharmacol3 (5): 849–855. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2125.1976.tb00637.xPMC 1428931PMID 9968.
  19. ^ “labetalol | C19H24N2O3 – PubChem”pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. Retrieved 2015-11-04.
  20. Jump up to:a b MacCarthy, E. P.; Bloomfield, S. S. (1983-08-01). “Labetalol: a review of its pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, clinical uses and adverse effects”. Pharmacotherapy3(4): 193–219. doi:10.1002/j.1875-9114.1983.tb03252.xISSN 0277-0008PMID 6310529.
  21. Jump up to:a b c d Louis, W. J.; McNeil, J. J.; Drummer, O. H. (1984-01-01). “Pharmacology of combined alpha-beta-blockade. I”. Drugs. 28 Suppl 2: 16–34. doi:10.2165/00003495-198400282-00003ISSN 0012-6667PMID 6151889.
  22. Jump up to:a b c Robertson, D; Biaggioni, I (2012). Katzung, BG (ed.). Adrenoceptor Antagonist Drugs IN: Basic & Clinical Pharmacology (12 ed.). San Francisco: McGraw Hill Lange Medical. pp. 151–168. ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8.
  23. Jump up to:a b c d Westfall, David P (2004). Craig, Charles R (ed.). Adrenoreceptor Antagonists IN: Modern Pharmacology with Clinical Applications (6th ed.). Baltimore, MD: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. pp. 109–117. ISBN 978-0781737623.
  24. ^ Lund-Johansen, P. (1988-01-01). “Hemodynamic effects of beta-blocking compounds possessing vasodilating activity: a review of labetalol, prizidilol, and dilevalol”. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology. 11 Suppl 2: S12–17. doi:10.1097/00005344-198800000-00004ISSN 0160-2446PMID 2464093.
  25. Jump up to:a b Lund-Johansen, P. (1984-01-01). “Pharmacology of combined alpha-beta-blockade. II. Haemodynamic effects of labetalol”. Drugs. 28 Suppl 2: 35–50. doi:10.2165/00003495-198400282-00004ISSN 0012-6667PMID 6151890.
  26. ^ Mottram, Allan R.; Erickson, Timothy B. (2009). Field, John (ed.). Toxicology in Emergency Cardiovascular Care IN: The Textbook of Emergency Cardiovascular Care and CPR. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott WIlliams & Wilkins. pp. 443–452. ISBN 978-0-7817-8899-1.
  27. ^ Exam Zone (1 January 2009). Elsevier Comprehensive Guide. Elsevier India. pp. 449–. ISBN 978-81-312-1620-0.
  28. ^ Detlev Ganten; Patrick J. Mulrow (6 December 2012). Pharmacology of Antihypertensive Therapeutics. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 147–. ISBN 978-3-642-74209-5.

External links

References

    • EP 9 702 (Schering Corp.; appl. 17.9.1979; USA-prior. 20.9.1978).
  • Improvement of diastereomer separation:

    • DOS 2 616 403 (Scherico; appl. 14.4.1976; USA-prior. 17.4.1975).
    • US 4 173 583 (Schering Corp.; 6.11.1979; appl. 21.9.1978; prior. 17.4.1975).
  • Synthesis without chromatographic purification:

    • EP 92 787 (Schering Corp.; appl. 20.4.1983; USA-prior. 26.4.1982).
  • Chiral reduction of IV:

    • Clifton, J.E. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 25, 670 (1982).
    • Gold, E.H. et al.: J. Med. Chem. (JMCMAR) 25, 1363 (1982).
    • EP 382 157 (Schering Corp.; appl. 6.2.1990; USA-prior. 10.2.1989, 26.9.1989).
    • US 4 948 732 (Schering Corp.; 14.8.1990; prior. 26.9.1989, 10.2.1989).
///////////Labetalol hydrochloride, AH-5158A, Sch-15719W, Amipress, Trandate, Normodyne, ラベタロール  , Dilevalol

CK-101

$
0
0

N-[3-[2-[2,3-Difluoro-4-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]anilino]quinazolin-8-yl]phenyl]prop-2-enamide.png

CK-101, RX-518

CAS 1660963-42-7

MF C29 H28 F2 N6 O2
MW 530.57
2-Propenamide, N-[3-[2-[[2,3-difluoro-4-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazinyl]phenyl]amino]-8-quinazolinyl]phenyl]-

N-[3-[2-[[2,3-Difluoro-4-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]amino]quinazolin-8-yl]phenyl]acrylamide

N-(3-(2-((2,3-Difluoro-4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)quinazolin-8-yl)phenyl)acrylamide

EGFR-IN-3

UNII-708TLB8J3Y

708TLB8J3Y

AK543910

Suzhou NeuPharma (Originator)
Checkpoint Therapeutics

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Therapy
Solid Tumors Therapy

PHASE 2 Checkpoint Therapeutics, Cancer, lung (non-small cell) (NSCLC), solid tumour

RX518(CK-101) is an orally available third-generation and selective inhibitor of certain epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) activating mutations, including the resistance mutation T790M, and the L858R and exon 19 deletion (del 19) mutations, with potential antineoplastic activity.

In August 2019, Suzhou Neupharma and its licensee Checkpoint Therapeutics are developing CK-101 (phase II clinical trial), a novel third-generation, covalent, EGFR inhibitor, as a capsule formulation, for the treatment of cancers including NSCLC and other advanced solid tumors. In September 2017, the FDA granted Orphan Drug designation to this compound, for the treatment of EGFR mutation-positive NSCLC; in January 2018, the capsule was being developed as a class 1 chemical drug in China.

CK-101 (RX-518), a small-molecule inhibitor of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), is in early clinical development at Checkpoint Therapeutics and Suzhou NeuPharma for the potential treatment of EGFR-mutated non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and other advanced solid malignancies.

In 2015, Suzhou NeuPharma granted a global development and commercialization license to its EGFR inhibitor program, excluding certain Asian countries, to Coronado Biosciences (now Fortress Biotech). Subsequently, Coronado assigned the newly acquired program to its subsidiary Checkpoint Therapeutics.

In 2017, the product was granted orphan drug designation in the U.S. for the treatment of EGFR mutation-positive NSCLC.

There are at least 400 enzymes identified as protein kinases. These enzymes catalyze the phosphorylation of target protein substrates. The phosphorylation is usually a transfer reaction of a phosphate group from ATP to the protein substrate. The specific structure in the target substrate to which the phosphate is transferred is a tyrosine, serine or threonine residue. Since these amino acid residues are the target structures for the phosphoryl transfer, these protein kinase enzymes are commonly referred to as tyrosine kinases or serine/threonine kinases.

[0003] The phosphorylation reactions, and counteracting phosphatase reactions, at the tyrosine, serine and threonine residues are involved in countless cellular processes that underlie responses to diverse intracellular signals (typically mediated through cellular receptors), regulation of cellular functions, and activation or deactivation of cellular processes. A cascade of protein kinases often participate in intracellular signal transduction and are necessary for the realization of these cellular processes. Because of their ubiquity in these processes, the protein kinases can be found as an integral part of the plasma membrane or as cytoplasmic enzymes or localized in the nucleus, often as components of enzyme complexes. In many instances, these protein kinases are an essential element of enzyme and structural protein complexes that determine where and when a cellular process occurs within a cell.

[0004] The identification of effective small compounds which specifically inhibit signal transduction and cellular proliferation by modulating the activity of tyrosine and serine/threonine kinases to regulate and modulate abnormal or inappropriate cell proliferation, differentiation, or metabolism is therefore desirable. In particular, the identification of compounds that specifically inhibit the function of a kinase which is essential for processes leading to cancer would be beneficial.

[0005] While such compounds are often initially evaluated for their activity when dissolved in solution, solid state characteristics such as polymorphism are also important. Polymorphic forms of a drug substance, such as a kinase inhibitor, can have different physical properties, including melting point, apparent solubility, dissolution rate, optical and mechanical properties, vapor pressure, and density. These properties can have a direct effect on the ability to process or manufacture a drug substance and the drug product. Moreover, differences in these properties

can and often lead to different pharmacokinetics profiles for different polymorphic forms of a drug. Therefore, polymorphism is often an important factor under regulatory review of the ‘sameness’ of drug products from various manufacturers. For example, polymorphism has been evaluated in many multi-million dollar and even multi-billion dollar drugs, such as warfarin sodium, famotidine, and ranitidine. Polymorphism can affect the quality, safety, and/or efficacy of a drug product, such as a kinase inhibitor. Thus, there still remains a need for polymorphs of kinase inhibitors. The present disclosure addresses this need and provides related advantages as well.

PATENT

WO2015027222

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2015027222

PATENT

WO-2019157225

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019157225&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P10-JZNKMN-12945-1

Crystalline form II-VIII of the compound presumed to be CK-101 (first disclosed in WO2015027222 ), for treating a disorder mediated by epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) eg cancer.

SCHEME A

Scheme B

General Procedures

Example 1: Preparation of the compound of Formula I (N-(3-(2-((2,3-difluoro-4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenyl)amino)quinazolin-8-yl)phenyl)acrylamide)

[0253] To a solution of l,2,3-trifluoro-4-nitrobenzene (2.5 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (20 mL) was added K2C03 (3.8 g, 28 mmol, 2.0 eq.) followed by 2-(piperazin-l-yl)ethanol (1.8 g, 14 mmol, 1.0 eq.) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was poured into ice-water (200 mL), filtered and dried in vacuo to afford 2-(4-(2,3-difluoro-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanol (2.7 g, 67.5%).

[0254] To a solution of 2-(4-(2,3-difluoro-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanol (2.7 g, 9.0 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was added Pd/C (270 mg) and the resulting mixture was stirred at r.t.

overnight. The Pd/C was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 2-(4-(4-amino-2,3-difluorophenyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanol (2.39 g, 99% yield) as off-white solid.

[0255] To a solution of 8-bromo-2-chloroquinazoline (15.4 g, 63.6 mmol, 1 eq. ) and (3-aminophenyl)boronic acid (8.7 g, 63.6 mmol, 1 eq.) in dioxane/H20 (200 mL/20 mL) was added Na2C03 (13.5 g, 127.2 mmol, 2 eq.), followed by Pd(dppf)Cl2 (2.6 g, 3.2 mmol, 0.05 eq.) under N2, then the mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. Then the solution was cooled to r.t.,

concentrated and the residue was purified via column chromatography (PE/EA=3 :2, v/v) to afford 3-(2-chloroquinazolin-8-yl)aniline as yellow solid (8.7 g, 53.7% yield).

[0256] To a solution of 3-(2-chloroquinazolin-8-yl)aniline (8.7 g, 34 mmol, 1 eq.) in DCM ( 200 mL ) cooled in ice-bath was added TEA (9.5 mL, 68 mmol, 2 eq. ), followed by acryloyl chloride (4.1 mL, 51 mmol, 1.5 eq.) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h, then washed with brine, dried over anhydrous N2S04 concentrated and the residue was purified via column chromatography (PE/EA=l : 1, v:v) to afford N-(3-(2-chloroquinazolin-8-yl)phenyl)acryl amide as yellow solid(6.6 g, 65% yield).

[0257] To a suspension of 2-(4-(4-amino-2,3-difluorophenyl)piperazin-l-yl)ethanol (83 mg,

0.32 mmol, 1 eq.) and N-(3-(2-chloroquinazolin-8-yl)phenyl)acrylamide (100 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1 eq.) in n-BuOH (5 mL) was added TFA (68 mg, 0.64 mmol, 2 eq.) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 90 °C overnight. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with DCM (20 mL) , washed with Na2C03 solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, concentrated and the residue was purified via column chromatography (MeOH/DCM=l/30, v:v) to afford N-(3-(2-((2,3-difluoro-4-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl)phenyl)amino)quinazolin-8-yl)phenyl)acrylamide as a yellow solid(l6.3 mg, 9.5% yield). LRMS (M+H+) m/z calculated 531.2, found 531.2. 1H NMR

(CD3OD, 400 MHz) d 9.21 (s, 1 H), 7.19-8.01 (m, 10 H), 8.90 (s, 1 H), 6.41-6.49 (m, 3 H), 5.86 (m, 1 H), 3.98-4.01 (m, 3 H), 3.70-3.76 (m, 3 H), 3.40-3.49 (m, 2 H), 3.37-3.39 (m, 4 H), 3.18 (m, 2H).

Example 2. Preparation of Form I of the compound of Formula I

[0258] Crude compound of Formula I (~30 g, 75% of weight based assay) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (3 L) at 55-65 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was filtered via silica gel pad and washed with ethyl acetate (3 L><2) at 55-65 °C. The filtrate was concentrated via vacuum at 30-40 °C to ~2.4 L. The mixture was heated up to 75-85 °C and maintained about 1 hour.

Then cooled down to 50-60 °C and maintained about 2 hours. The heat-cooling operation was repeated again and the mixture was then cooled down to 20-30 °C and stirred for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (60 mL><2). The wet cake was dried via vacuum at 30-40 °C to get (about 16 g) of the purified Form I of the compound of Formula I.

Example 3. Preparation of Form III of the compound of Formula I

[0259] The compound of Formula I (2 g) was dissolved in EtOH (40 mL) at 75-85 °C under nitrogen. n-Heptane (40 mL) was added dropwise into reaction at 75-85 °C. The mixture was stirred at 75-85 °C for 1 hour. Then cooled down to 50-60 °C and maintained about 2 hours. The heat-cooling operation was repeated again and continued to cool the mixture down to 20-30 °C and stirred for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered and washed with EtOH/n-Heptane (1/1, 5 mL><2). The wet cake was dried via vacuum at 30-40 °C to get the purified Form III of the compound of Formula I (1.7 g).

Example 4. Preparation of Form IV of the compound of Formula I The crude compound of Formula I (15 g) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (600 mL) at 75-85 °C under nitrogen and treated with anhydrous Na2S04, activated carbon, silica metal scavenger for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was filtered via neutral Al203 and washed with ethyl acetate (300 mL><2) at 75-85 °C. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum at 30-40 °C and swapped with DCM (150 mL). n-Heptane (75 mL) was added into this DCM solution at 35-45 °C, and then the mixture was cooled down to 20-30 °C slowly. The resulting mixture was filtered and washed with DCM/n-Heptane (2/1, 10 mL><3). The wet cake was dried via vacuum at 35-40 °C to get the purified Form IV of the compound of Formula I (9.6 g).

Example 5. Preparation of Form V of the compound of Formula I

[0260] Polymorph Form III of the compound of Formula I was dried in oven at 80 °C for 2 days to obtain the polymorph Form V.

Example 6. Preparation of Form VI of the compound of Formula I

[0261] The compound of Formula I (1 g) was dissolved in IPA (20 mL) at 75-85 °C under nitrogen. n-Heptane (20 mL) was added dropwise into reaction at 75-85 °C. The mixture was stirred at 45-55 °C for 16 hours. Then heated up to 75-85 °C and maintained about 0.5 hour.

Then cooled down to 45-55 °C for 0.5 hour and continued to cool the mixture down to 20-30 °C and stirred for 3 hours. Filtered and washed with IPA/n-Heptane (1/1, 3 mL><2). The wet cake was dried via vacuum at 75-80 °C for 2 hours to get the purified Form VI of the compound of Formula I.

Example 7. Preparation of Form VIII of the compound of Formula I

[0262] The polymorph Form VI of the compound of Formula I was dried in oven at 80 °C for 2 days to obtain the polymorph Form VIII.

Example 8. X-ray powder diffraction (XRD)

[0263] X-ray powder diffraction (XRD) patterns were obtained on a Bruker D8 Advance. A CuK source (=1.54056 angstrom) operating minimally at 40 kV and 40 mA scans each sample between 4 and 40 degrees 2-theta. The step size is 0.05°C and scan speed is 0.5 second per step.

Example 9. Thermogravimetric Analyses (TGA)

[0264] Thermogravimetric analyses were carried out on a TA Instrument TGA unit (Model TGA 500). Samples were heated in platinum pans from ambient to 300 °C at 10 °C/min with a nitrogen purge of 60mL/min (sample purge) and 40mL/min (balance purge). The TGA temperature was calibrated with nickel standard, MP=354.4 °C. The weight calibration was performed with manufacturer-supplied standards and verified against sodium citrate dihydrate desolvation.

Example 10. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC)

[0265] Differential scanning calorimetry analyses were carried out on a TA Instrument DSC unit (Model DSC 1000 or 2000). Samples were heated in non-hermetic aluminum pans from ambient to 300 °C at 10 °C/min with a nitrogen purge of 50mL/min. The DSC temperature was calibrated with indium standard, onset of l56-l58°C, enthalpy of 25-29J/g.

Example 11. Hygroscopicity (DVS)

[0266] The moisture sorption profile was generated at 25°C using a DVS Moisture Balance Flow System (Model Advantage) with the following conditions: sample size approximately 5 to 10 mg, drying 25°C for 60 minutes, adsorption range 0% to 95% RH, desorption range 95% to 0% RH, and step interval 5%. The equilibrium criterion was <0.01% weight change in 5 minutes for a maximum of 120 minutes.

Example 12: Microscopy

[0267] Microscopy was performed using a Leica DMLP polarized light microscope equipped with 2.5X, 10X and 20X objectives and a digital camera to capture images showing particle shape, size, and crystallinity. Crossed polars were used to show birefringence and crystal habit for the samples dispersed in immersion oil.

Example 13: HPLC

[0256] HPLCs were preformed using the following instrument and/or conditions.

///////////////CK-101 , CK 101 , CK101 , phase II , Suzhou Neupharma, Checkpoint Therapeutics ,  Orphan Drug designation, EGFR mutation-positive NSCLC, NSCLC, CANCER, SOLID TUMOUR,  China, RX-518, AK543910

OCCN1CCN(CC1)c5ccc(Nc2nc3c(cccc3cn2)c4cccc(NC(=O)C=C)c4)c(F)c5F


Octamoxin, октамоксин , أوكتاموكسين , 奥他莫辛 ,

$
0
0

Octamoxin

Skeletal formula of octamoxin

Octamoxin
  • Molecular FormulaC8H20N2
  • Average mass144.258 Da
Octan-2-ylhydrazine
Octomoxine
UNII:0HXY3M6S54
UNII:2NJ66SLA5C
UNII:895PL98ZMY
4684-87-1 [RN]
65500-65-4 [RN]
895PL98ZMY
0HXY3M6S54
1776
2-Hydrazinooctane
2NJ66SLA5C
CAS Registry Number: 4684-87-1
CAS Name: (1-Methylheptyl)hydrazine
Additional Names: 2-hydrazinooctane; octomoxine
Trademarks: Ximaol
Molecular Formula: C8H20N2
Molecular Weight: 144.26
Percent Composition: C 66.61%, H 13.97%, N 19.42%
Literature References: Monoamine oxidase inhibitor. Prepd by condensation of methyl hexyl ketone and hydrazine hydrate followed by hydrogenation under pressure: Michel-Ber et al., GB 899385 (1962 to Soc. Civile Auguil).
Derivative Type: Sulfate
CAS Registry Number: 3845-07-6
Trademarks: Nimaol
Molecular Formula: C8H20N2.H2SO4
Molecular Weight: 242.34
Percent Composition: C 39.65%, H 9.15%, N 11.56%, S 13.23%, O 26.41%
Properties: Crystals, mp 78-80°.
Melting point: mp 78-80°
Therap-Cat: Antidepressant.
Keywords: Antidepressant; Hydrazides/Hydrazines; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor.
Octamoxin (trade names XimaolNimaol), also known as 2-octylhydrazine, is an irreversible and nonselective monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI) of the hydrazine class that was used as an antidepressant in the 1960s but is now no longer marketed.[2][3][4][5]
CLIP
OXIME TO AMINO TO PRODUCT
Kishner, Zhurnal Russkago Fiziko-Khimicheskago Obshchestva1899vol. 31p. 878Ch emisches Zentralblatt 1900 vol. 71 Ip. 653

References

  1. ^ “Octamoxin – Compound Summary”. USA: National Center for Biotechnology Information. 26 March 2005. Identification and Related Records. Retrieved 31 May 2012.
  2. ^ “Dictionary of pharmacological agents – Google Books”.
  3. ^ “13-06781. Octamoxin [Archived]: The Merck Index”.
  4. ^ Levy J, Michel-Ber E (1966). “[Relations between the antidepressive effects of octamoxine revealed by 3 pharmacological tests and inhibition of cerebral monoamine oxidase in mice]”. Thérapie (in French). 21 (4): 929–45. PMID 5925088.
  5. ^ Gayral L, Stern H, Puyuelo R (1966). “[Indications and results of the treatment of mental depression by octamoxine (ximaol)]”. Thérapie (in French). 21 (5): 1183–90. PMID 5976767.
Octamoxin
Skeletal formula of octamoxin
Names
Preferred IUPAC name
1-Methylheptylhydrazine[citation needed]
Systematic IUPAC name
Octan-2-ylhydrazine[1]
Identifiers
3D model (JSmol)
ChemSpider
PubChem CID
UNII
Properties
C8H20N2
Molar mass 144.262 g·mol−1
Density 0.831 g/mL
Boiling point 228 °C (442 °F; 501 K)
Pharmacology
Oral
Related compounds
Related compounds
Tuaminoheptane
Except where otherwise noted, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C [77 °F], 100 kPa).
///////////Octamoxin, XimaolNimaol,  2-octylhydrazine, октамоксин أوكتاموكسين 奥他莫辛 ,

FDA approves first treatment Dupixent (Dupilumab) for chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps

$
0
0

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Dupixent (dupilumab) to treat adults with nasal polyps (growths on the inner lining of the sinuses) accompanied by chronic rhinosinusitis (prolonged inflammation of the sinuses and nasal cavity). This is the first treatment approved for inadequately controlled chronic rhinosinusis with nasal polyps.

“Nasal polyps can lead to loss of smell and often patients require surgery to remove the polyps,” said Sally Seymour, M.D., Director of the Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Rheumatology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Dupixent provides an important treatment option for patients whose nasal polyps are not …

June 26, 2019

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Dupixent (dupilumab) to treat adults with nasal polyps (growths on the inner lining of the sinuses) accompanied by chronic rhinosinusitis (prolonged inflammation of the sinuses and nasal cavity). This is the first treatment approved for inadequately controlled chronic rhinosinusis with nasal polyps.

“Nasal polyps can lead to loss of smell and often patients require surgery to remove the polyps,” said Sally Seymour, M.D., Director of the Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Rheumatology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Dupixent provides an important treatment option for patients whose nasal polyps are not adequately controlled with intranasal steroids. It also reduces the need for nasal polyp surgery and oral steroids.”

Dupixent is given by injection. The efficacy and safety of Dupixent were established in two studies with 724 patients, 18 years and older with chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps who were symptomatic despite taking intranasal corticosteroids. Patients who received Dupixent had statistically significant reductions in their nasal polyp size and nasal congestion compared to the placebo group. Patients taking Dupixent also reported an increased ability to smell and required less nasal polyp surgery and oral steroids.

Dupixent may cause serious allergic reactions and eye problems, such as inflammation of the eye (conjunctivitis) and inflammation of the cornea (keratitis). If patients experience new or worsening eye symptoms, such as redness, itching, pain or visual changes, they should consult their health care professional. The most common side effects reported include injection site reactions as well as eye and eyelid inflammation, which included redness, swelling and itching. Patients receiving Dupixent should avoid receiving live vaccines.

Dupixent was originally approved in 2017 for patients 12 and older with eczema that is not controlled adequately by topical therapies or when those therapies are not advisable. In 2018, Dupixent was approved as an add-on maintenance treatment for patients 12 years and older with moderate-to-severe eosinophilic asthma or with oral corticosteroid-dependent asthma.

The FDA granted this application Priority Review. The approval of Dupixent was granted to Regeneron Pharmaceuticals.

https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-treatment-chronic-rhinosinusitis-nasal-polyps?utm_campaign=062619_PR_FDA%20approves%20first%20treatment%20for%20chronic%20rhinosinusitis%20with%20nasal%20polyps&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Eloqua

///////////Dupixent, dupilumab, fda 2019, nasal polyps, chronic rhinosinusitis, Priority Review, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals,

Pretomanid, プレトマニド;

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | pretomanid | C14H12F3N3O5

Pretomanid.svg

Pretomanid

プレトマニド;

Formula
C14H12F3N3O5
CAS
187235-37-6
Mol weight
359.2574
(6S)-2-Nitro-6-{[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]oxy}-6,7-dihydro-5H-imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine
187235-37-6 [RN]
2XOI31YC4N
5H-Imidazo(2,1-b)(1,3)oxazine, 6,7-dihydro-2-nitro-6-((4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)methoxy)-, (6S)-
5H-Imidazo[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine, 6,7-dihydro-2-nitro-6-[[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methoxy]-, (6S)-
9871
PA824
PA-824; Pretomanid
  • (S)-PA 824

2019/8/14 FDA 2109 APPROVED

Antibacterial (tuberculostatic),

MP 149-150 °C, Li, Xiaojin; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2008, Vol 18(7), Pg 2256-2262 and  Orita, Akihiro; Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis 2007, Vol 349(13), Pg 2136-2144 

150-151 °C Marsini, Maurice A.; Journal of Organic Chemistry 2010, Vol 75(21), Pg 7479-7482 

Pretomanid is an antibiotic used for the treatment of multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis affecting the lungs.[1] It is generally used together with bedaquiline and linezolid.[1] It is taken by mouth.[1]

The most common side effects include nerve damage, acne, vomiting, headache, low blood sugar, diarrhea, and liver inflammation.[1] It is in the nitroimidazole class of medications.[2]

Pretomanid was approved for medical use in the United States in 2019.[3][1] Pretomanid was developed by TB Alliance,[4] a not-for-profitproduct development partnership dedicated to the discovery and development of new, faster-acting and affordable medicines for tuberculosis (TB).[5]

Global Alliance for the treatment of tuberculosis (TB).

The compound was originally developed by PathoGenesis (acquired by Chiron in 2000). In 2002, a co-development agreement took place between Chiron (acquired by Novartis in 2005) and the TB Alliance for the development of the compound. The compound was licensed to Fosunpharma by TB Alliance in China.

History

Pretomanid is the generic, nonproprietary name for the novel anti-bacterial drug compound formerly called PA-824.[6] Pretomanid is referred to as “Pa” in regimen abbreviations, such as BPaL. The “preto” prefix of the compound’s name honors Pretoria, South Africa, the home of a TB Alliance clinical development office where much of the drug’s development took place. The “manid” suffix is used to group compounds with similar chemical structures. This class of drug is variously referred to as nitroimidazoles, nitroimidazooxazines or nitroimidazopyrans. Development of this compound was initiated because of the urgent need for new antibacterial drugs effective against resistant strains of tuberculosis. Also, current anti-TB drugs are mainly effective against replicating and metabolically active bacteria, creating a need for drugs effective against persisting or latent bacterial infections as often occur in patients with tuberculosis.[7]

Discovery and pre-clinical development

Pretomanid was first identified in a series of 100 nitroimidazopyran derivatives synthesized and tested for antitubercular activity. Importantly, pretomanid has activity against static M. tuberculosis isolates that survive under anaerobic conditions, with bactericidal activity comparable to that of the existing drug metronidazole. Pretomanid requires metabolic activation by Mycobacterium for antibacterial activity. Pretomanid was not the most potent compound in the series against cultures of M. tuberculosis, but it was the most active in infected mice after oral administration. Oral pretomanid was active against tuberculosis in mice and guinea pigs at safely tolerated dosages for up to 28 days.[7]

Image result for Pretomanid

Limited FDA approval

FDA approved pretomanid only in combination with bedaquiline and linezolid for treatment of a limited and specific population of adult patients with extensively drug resistant, treatment-intolerant or nonresponsive multidrug resistant pulmonary tuberculosis. Pretomanid was approved under the Limited Population Pathway (LPAD pathway) for antibacterial and antifungal drugs. The LPAD Pathway was established by Congress under the 21st Century Cures Act to expedite development and approval of antibacterial and antifungal drugs to treat serious or life-threatening infections in a limited population of patients with unmet need. Pretomanid is only the third tuberculosis drug to receive FDA approval in more than 40 years.[3][8]

PATENT

IN 201641030408

HETERO RESEARCH FOUNDATION

http://ipindiaservices.gov.in/PatentSearch/PatentSearch/ViewPDF

  • By Reddy, Bandi Parthasaradhi; Reddy, Kura Rathnakar; Reddy, Adulla Venkat Narsimha; Krishna, Bandi Vamsi
  • From Indian Pat. Appl. (2018), IN 201641030408

The nitroimidazooxazine Formula I (PA-824) is a new class of bioreductive drug for tuberculosis. The recent introduction of the nitroimidazooxazine Formula I (PA-824) to clinical trial by the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development is thus of potential significance, since this compound shows good in vitro and in vivo activity against Mycobacterium tuberculosis in both its active and persistent forms. Tuberculosis (TBa) remains a leading infectious cause of death worldwide, but very few new drugs have been approved for TB treatment ifi the past 35 years, the current drug therapy for TB is long and complex, involving multidrug combinations.

The mechanism of actiém of Pretomanid is thoughrto involve reduction of the nitro group, in a‘ process dependent on the Bacterial ‘ m E Nfilw‘fieéFPEOEPEa‘e fillyeifiaasnfi (F8189); $943“; 20mm; “q Mcyarecent Swiss on mutant strains showed that a 151-amino acid (17.37 kDa) protein of unknown function, Rv3547, also, appears to be critical for this activation. Equivalent genes are present in M. boVis and MaVium.

Pretomanid and its pharmace’utically acceptable salts Were generically disclosed in US 5,668,127 A and Specifically disclosed in US 6,087,358 A. US ‘358 patent discloses a process for the preparation of Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme 1:

CN 104177372 A discloses a process for the preparation of Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme II: 

Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2008, Volume: 18, Issue: 7, Pages: 2256-2262 discloses a process for the preparation of Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme Ill: 

US 7,!15,736 B2-discloses_a process fdr the preparation of 3S-Hydroxy-6-nitrQ-2H-3, 4— dihydro-[2-1b]-imidazopyran which is a key intermediate of Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme IV:

Journal Medicinal Chemistry 2009, Volume: 52, Pages: 637 — 645 discloses a process for the preparation of ‘Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme V:

Joumal Organic Chemistry 2010; Volume: 75 (2]), Pages: 7479—82 discloses a process for. the preparation of Pretomanid, which is as shown below in scheme VI:

Example 3: Preparation of Pretomanid (S) 1- -(3 (tert- -Butyldomethylsilyloxy)- -2- -(-4 -(trifluoromethoxy)-71benzyloxy2‘- propyl)- 2- -methylP AT E N4Tnitro- fi-Eimigazole (Efgm Awlas (3315;501:1691 gin! %etra%1y7drofuraen (18(150 ml) at room temperature and stirred for 5 to 10 minutes then TBAF (9516 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 2 hours, at room temperature, afler completion of the reaction removed solvent through vacuum to obtained residue, dissolved the residue in MDC (1800 ml) and water (1800 ml) stirred, separated the layers and the organic layer washed with 10% ‘ sodium bicarbonate the obtained organic solution was concentrated under atmospheric pressure to obtained residue added MeOH (1730 ml) at room temperature and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C to 5°C, added KOH (24.5 gm) at the same temperaturé then cooled to room temperature and stirred for 24 hours. After completion of reaction DM Water added drop wise over 30 minutes at 10°C to 15° C and stirred for 1 hour to 1 hour 30 minutes at room’lemperature, filtrated the compound and washed with DM wa‘er (133 ml) and dried under vacuum for 10 hours at 50° C. Yield: 53 gm , Chromatographic purity: 97.69% (by HPLC):

Example 4: Purification of Pretomanid Pretomanid (53 gm) was dissolved in MDC (795 ml) at room temperatur’e and stirred for 10 to 15 minutes, added charcoal (10 gm) and stirred for 30-35 minutes, remove the charcoal and concentrated to obtained residue: Dissolved the obtained residue in IPA (795 ml) and the reaction mixture was heated to 80°C maintained for 10-15 minutes, added cyclohexane (1600ml) for 30 minutes at 80° C, then cooled to room temperature and stirred the reaction mass for overnight, filtered the solid and washed with cyclohexane (265 ml), and dried under vacuum for 10 hours at 50° C. Yield: 48 gm (Percentage of Yield: 90%) Chromatographic purity: 99.97% by HPLC).

CLIP

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/278498983_Nitroimidazoles_Quinolones_and_Oxazolidinones_as_Fluorine_Bearing_Antitubercular_Clinical_Candidates/figures?lo=1

ReferencE

CN104177372A.

WO9701562A1.

IN 201641030408

IN 201621026053

CN 107915747

CN 106632393

CN 106565744

CN 104177372

WO 9701562

US 6087358

PAPER

Science (Washington, DC, United States) (2008), 322(5906), 1392-1395.

Paper

PAPER

Huagong Shikan (2010), 24(4), 32-34, 51.

Xiaojin; Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters 2008, Vol 18(7), Pg 2256-2262

PAPER

Orita, Akihiro; Advanced Synthesis & Catalysis 2007, Vol 349(13), Pg 2136-2144 

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/adsc.200700119

https://application.wiley-vch.de/contents/jc_2258/2007/f700119_s.pdf

PAPER

Marsini, Maurice A.; Journal of Organic Chemistry 2010, Vol 75(21), Pg 7479-7482 

Scheme 2. General Synthetic Strategy

Scheme 1

Scheme 1. Original Production Process for PA-824a

aDHP = 3,4-dihydropyran; p-TsOH = p-toluenesulfonic acid; MsOH = methanesulfonic acid.

Scheme 3

Scheme 3. Synthesis of a Functionalized Glycidol Derivativea

aCl3CCN = trichloroacetonitrile; TBME = tert-butylmethyl ether; TfOH = trifluoromethanesulfonic acid.

Scheme 4. Synthesis of PA-824
 The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. Chromatography (75% EtOAc/hexanes) followed by recrystallization (i-PrOH/hexanes) affords PA-824 (1) (2.41 g, 62%) as a crystalline solid. Mp 150−151 °C (lit.(11a) mp 149−150); Rf 0.2 (75% EtOAc/hexanes); ee >99.9% as determined by chiral SFC (see the Supporting Information);
 1H NMR (500 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 4.81−4.62 (m, 3H), 4.51 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 4.39−4.19 (m, 3H);
 13C NMR (126 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 148.7, 148.1, 143.0, 138.3, 130.4, 122.0, 120.0, 119.8, 69.7, 68.8, 67.51, 47.73;
IR [CH2Cl2 solution] νmax (cm−1) 2877, 1580, 1543, 1509, 1475, 1404, 1380, 1342, 1281, 1221, 1162, 1116, 1053, 991, 904, 831, 740;
HRMS (ESI-TOF) calcd for C14H12F3N3O5 359.0729, found 359.0728.

PAPER

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2010), 53(1), 282-294.

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2009), 52(3), 637-645.

PATENT

References

Pretomanid
Pretomanid.svg
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
ChemSpider
KEGG
ChEMBL
CompTox Dashboard(EPA)
Chemical and physical data
Formula C14H12F3N3O5
Molar mass 359.261 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

//////////////Pretomanid, FDA 2109, プレトマニド  , Antibacterial, tuberculostatic, PA-824, ANTI tuberculostatic

DICYCLOPLATIN

$
0
0

Dicycloplatin.png

ChemSpider 2D Image | Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2) | C12H20N2O8Pt

Dicycloplatin.png

Dicycloplatin

Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2)

  • Molecular FormulaC12H20N2O8Pt
  • Average mass515.380 Da
  • 287402-09-9

Has antineoplastic activity; a supramolecular complex of 1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid and cis-diammine(1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylate)platinum (II).

1,1-Cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid, ammonium platinum(2+) salt (2:2:1) [ACD/Index Name]
Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2)
287402-09-9 [RN]
DICYCLOPLATIN
UNII:0KC57I4UNB

Dicycloplatin is a chemotherapy medication used to treat a number of cancers which includes the Non-small-cell lung carcinoma and prostate cancer.[1]

Some side effects which are observed from the treatment by dicycloplatin are nauseavomitingthrombocytopenianeutropeniaanemiafatigueloss of appetiteliver enzyme elevation and alopecia. The drugs is a form of Platinum-based antineoplastic and it works by causing the mitochondrial dysfunction which leads to the cell death.[2]

Dicycloplatin was developed in China and it was used for phase I human trial clinical in 2006. The drug was approved for chemotherapy by the Chinese FDA in 2012.[3]

Image result for DICYCLOPLATIN SYNTHESIS

Medical uses

Dicycloplatin can inhibit the proliferation of tumor cells via the induction of apoptosis . It is used to treat a number types of cancer which are Non-small-cell lung carcinoma and prostate cancer.[4]

Side effects

Similar to cisplatin and carboplatin, dicycloplatin also contains some side effects, which are nauseavomitingthrombocytopenianeutropeniaanemiafatigueanorexia, liver enzyme elevation, and alopecia. However, with doses up to 350 mg/m(2), there is no significant toxicity; these effects are observed only at higher doses. Furthermore, the nephrotoxicity of dicycloplatin is reported to be less than that of cisplatin, and its myelosuppressive potency is similar to that of carboplatin.[5]

Chemical structure

Dicycloplatin consists of carboplatin and cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid (CBDC) linked by the hydrogen bond. In the structure of dicycloplatin, there are two types of bond: O-H…O is the bond between the hydroxyl group of CBDC with carboxyl oxygen atom. It creates the one-dimensional polymer chain of carboplatin and CBDC. The second one is N-H…O which links between the ammoniagroup of carboplatin and oxygen of CBDC. It forms the two-dimensional polymer chain of carboplatin and CBDC. In aqueous solution, the 2D-hydrogen bonded polymeric structure of dicycloplatin is destroyed. Firstly, the bond between ammonia group of carboplatin and oxygen of CBDC breaks, thus inducing the formation of one-dimensional dicycloplatin. After that, the strong hydrogen bond breaks and creates an intermediate state of dicycloplatin. Finally, the rearrangement of different orientation of carboplatin and CBDC leads to the formation of intramolecular hydrogen bond and a supramolecule of dicycloplatin with two O-H…O and N-H…O is created.[6]

Mechanism of action

Similar to carboplatin, dicycloplatin inhibits the proliferation of cancer cells by inducing cell apoptosis. When treated with dicycloplatin, some changes in the properties of Hep G2 cells are observed: the declination of Mitochondria Membrane Potential, the release of cytochrome c from mitocondria to cytosol, the activation of caspase-9caspase-3 and the decrease of Bcl-2.[4] Those phenomena indicate the role of mitochondrial in the apoptosis by intrisic way.[7] Furthermore, the increase in caspase-8 activation is also observed. This can stimulate the apoptosis by activating downstream caspase-3 [8] or by cleaving Bid.[9] As a result, the cleavage of Bid (tBid) transfers to the mitochondria and induce mitochondrial dysfunction which promotes the release of cytochrome c from mitochondria to cytosol.[10] From the dicycloplatin-treated Hep G2 cell, an excessive amount of reactive oxygen species was detected,[4] which plays an important role in the release of cytochrome c. In the mitochondria, the release of hemoprotein happens through 2-step process: Firstly, the dissociation of cytochrome c from its binding to cardiolipin happens. Due to the reactive oxygen species, the cardiolipin is oxidized, thus reducing the cytochrome c binding and increase the concentration of free cytochrome c [11]

PATENT

WO2018171371

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2018171371

Since the FDA approved cisplatin as an anticancer drug in 1978, the mortality rate of testicular cancer patients has been reduced from 100% to less than 10%. For patients with early detection, the cure rate can reach 100%, making cisplatin An outstanding representative of anticancer drugs. In 1986, the FDA approved the second-generation platinum anticancer drug carboplatin. Its anticancer spectrum is similar to that of cisplatin, but it has good water solubility and light toxicity. In 2002, the FDA approved the third-generation platinum anticancer drug oxaliplatin to enter clinical treatment of colorectal cancer. Its anticancer spectrum is different from cisplatin, and it does not produce cross-resistance with cisplatin.
In addition to the above three products, four products, including Nida Platinum, Shuplatin, Lobaplatin and Miplatin, have been listed in different countries and are the first in other countries.
In CN1311183A, Yang Xuqing et al. designed and prepared a new class of platinum antitumor drugs, diammonium platinum dichloride (II) derivatives, based on the abnormal changes in the spatial configuration of cancer cells DNA and RNA. A typical representative drug is bicycloplatinum. Bicycloplatinum in English is called Dicycloplatin, which is called bis(1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid) diammine platinum (II) (English name [Bis-(1,1-cyclobutane dicarboxylic acid)]diammine platinum(II) ), the structural formula is:
It is a supramolecular compound composed of carboplatin and 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid through four hydrogen bonds. It is the first self-developed platinum antitumor drug in China with broad spectrum, low toxicity and high efficiency. It does not produce cross-resistance and good penetrability.
Bicycloplatinum is usually obtained by reacting carboplatin with 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid. The prior art discloses various preparation methods, but both have the problems of complicated preparation process and low product purity.
CN1311183A As the earliest publication of bicycloplatin and its preparation method, it is disclosed that bicycloplatinum is prepared by the following method: carboplatin is dissolved in pure water at normal temperature, and then an equimolar amount of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid is added. After the reaction was completed, it was evaporated to dryness, washed with ethanol, and then recrystallized from distilled water. This method is cumbersome in operation due to the need for evaporation and recrystallization steps, and the yield of bicycloplatinum is low.
CN104693245A discloses a preparation method of bicyclo platinum, which is prepared by using carboplatin as a raw material in a ratio of 1:11 to 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid in a molar ratio of 1:1, and is protected from light at 0-60 ° C. After -9 days, the excess water is removed by concentration under reduced pressure or freeze-drying to obtain a bicyclic platinum product. Although according to reports, the HPLC purity of the product is more than 99%, it requires a long standing process, is inefficient, and greatly increases the risk of carboplatin decomposition, especially for the process of amplification; The heating and concentration in the final process makes the bicyclic platinum product exist in the higher temperature aqueous solution for a long time, and the product has a high risk of degradation, and the quality stability is inevitably affected. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity was not obtained according to this method.
CN106132408A discloses a process for the preparation of another bicyclic platinum in which carboplatin is mixed with a corresponding ratio of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid and a solvent to form a suspension, and the precipitated solid formed is separated from the suspension. Although the report states that the obtained product does not contain XRPD detectable amount of carboplatin, the suspension method uses a small amount of solvent, so that the product formed during the reaction is also precipitated as a solid, which is mixed with the unreacted raw material solid. This prevents the reaction from proceeding and makes the purification of the product more difficult. Especially in the case where the product is coated with carboplatin, the carboplatin can hardly be removed by purification. Therefore, the suspension method has the disadvantages of difficulty in control, poor operability, and incapability of industrial scale-up production. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity cannot be obtained according to this method as well.
1 is a nuclear magnetic resonance-hydrogen spectrum of the bicyclic platinum product of Example 1.
2 is a nuclear magnetic resonance-carbon spectrum of the bicyclic platinum product of Example 1.

Drawing

[ figure 1] 

[ figure 2] 
Preparation Example 1:
Take 20.0 g of cis-diiododiammine platinum (II), add 600 ml of purified water, stir well and heat to 80 ° C in water bath, then add 14.1 g of silver 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, after reacting for 30 minutes. The AgI slag was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to a residue of about 50 ml, cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated product was filtered. After recrystallization, the mixture was dried at 60 ° C to obtain 11.26 g of carboplatin, and the yield was 69.88%.
Example 1
32.0 g (222.2 mmol) of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid was taken, and 260 ml of water was added thereto, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C in a water bath. Add 10.0 g (26.95 mmol) of carboplatin, stir for 40 minutes, cool at 10 ° C for 8 hours, filter the precipitated solid, wash the filter cake with appropriate amount of purified water, drain the washing water, and dry at 40 ° C under reduced pressure to obtain bicyclo platinum 9.32 g. The yield is 67.15% and the content is 99.78%. The obtained products were characterized by elemental analysis, negative ion electrospray mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance-hydrogen spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance-carbon spectroscopy and X-ray diffraction. The content of bicycloplatin was measured by high performance liquid chromatography.
The test results are shown in Figure 1. The attribution of each peak is as follows:
The peak of chemical shift 1.7159-1.7793ppm is H a , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei is 2, and it is divided into 5 heavy peaks by 4 H b on both sides ; the peak of chemical shift 1.8281-1.8928ppm is H c , actual hydrogen the number of cores 2, a total of four sides by H D impact crack 5 doublet; 2.3965-2.4288ppm peak chemical shift of H B , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei to 4, were subjected to unilateral 2 H a of Effect split into three doublet; 2.7140-2.7457ppm peak chemical shift of H D , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei is 4, were subjected to unilateral 2 H Caffected divided into three split doublet; chemical shifts of the peaks 4.0497ppm is H E , the actual number of hydrogen nuclei 6 as broad singlet; due to D 2 exchange interaction of O, carboxy FIG active hydrogen protons H does not appear f peaks. 4. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance – Carbon Spectrum (D 2 O, 500MHz)
The test results are shown in Figure 2, where the peaks are as follows:
The peak of chemical shift 15.25ppm is C a ; the peak of chemical shift 15.39ppm is C h ; the peak of chemical shift 28.60ppm is C b ; the peak of chemical shift 31.02ppm is C g ; the peak of chemical shift 52.93ppm is C c ; The peak of chemical shift 56.19 ppm is C f ; the peak of chemical shift 176.11 ppm is C d ; the peak of chemical shift 181.85 ppm is C e .

PATENT

WO-2019161526

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019161526&tab=FULLTEXT&_cid=P20-K0667C-67730-1

One-pot method for preparing twin dicarboxylic acid diamine complex platinum (II) derivatives ( dicycloplatin ) comprising the separation of intermediate carboplatin or carboplatin analogue.

For the preparation of bicycloplatin, CN1311183A, as the earliest publication of bicycloplatin and its preparation method, discloses the preparation of bicycloplatinum by the following method: carboplatin is dissolved in pure water at normal temperature, and then an equimolar amount of 1,1-ring is added. Butane dicarboxylic acid was evaporated to dryness after completion of the reaction, washed with ethanol, and recrystallized from distilled water. The method needs to completely evaporate the solvent water, which increases the risk of degradation of the bicyclic platinum, and also introduces more impurities into the crude bicycloplatinum. Therefore, ethanol washing and recrystallization are required, and the operation is cumbersome, and the yield of the bicyclic platinum is low.

[0015]
CN104693245A discloses a preparation method of bicyclo platinum, which is prepared by using carboplatin as a raw material in a ratio of 1:11 to 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid in a molar ratio of 1:1, and is protected from light at 0-60 ° C. After -9 days, the excess water is removed by concentration under reduced pressure or freeze-drying to obtain a bicyclic platinum product. Although according to reports, the HPLC purity of the product is more than 99%, it requires a long standing process, is inefficient, and greatly increases the risk of carboplatin decomposition, especially for the process of amplification; In the final process, the solvent water is completely evaporated to make the bicyclic platinum product exist in a relatively high temperature aqueous solution for a long time, and the product has a high risk of degradation, and the quality stability is inevitably affected. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity was not obtained according to this method.

[0016]
CN106132408A also discloses a process for the preparation of another bicyclic platinum in which carboplatin is mixed with a corresponding ratio of 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid and a solvent to form a suspension, and the precipitated solid formed is separated from the suspension. Although the report states that the obtained product does not contain XRPD detectable amount of carboplatin, the suspension method uses a small amount of solvent, so that the product formed during the reaction is also precipitated as a solid, which is mixed with the unreacted raw material solid. This prevents the reaction from proceeding and makes the purification of the product more difficult. Especially in the case where the product is coated with carboplatin, the carboplatin can hardly be removed by purification. Therefore, the suspension method has the disadvantages of difficulty in control, poor operability, and incapability of industrial scale-up production. In fact, bicycloplatinum with the reported yield and purity cannot be obtained according to this method as well.

Notes

  1. ^ D., Zhao; Y., Zhang; C., Xu; C., Dong; H., Lin; L., Zhang; C., Li; S., Ren; X., Wang; S., Yang; D., Han; X., Chen (February 2012). “Pharmacokinetics, Tissue Distribution, and Plasma Protein Binding Study of Platinum Originating from Dicycloplatin, a Novel Antitumor Supramolecule, in Rats and Dogs by ICP-MS”. Biological Trace Element Research148 (2): 203–8. doi:10.1007/s12011-012-9364-2PMID 22367705.
  2. ^ G.Q., Li; X.G., Chen; X.P., Wu; J.D., Xie; Y.J., Liang; X.Q., Zhao; W.Q, Chen; L.W., Fu (November 2012). “Effect of Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Chemotherapeutical Drug, on Inhibiting Cell Growth and Inducing Cell Apoptosis”PLOS ONE7 (11): e48994. Bibcode:2012PLoSO…748994Ldoi:10.1371/journal.pone.0048994PMC 3495782PMID 23152837.
  3. ^ J.J, Yu; X.Q, Yang; Q.H, Song; M. D., Mueller; S. C., Remick (2014). “Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Analog in Chemotherapy: Synthesis of Chinese Pre-clinical and Clinical Profile and Emerging Mechanistic Studies”Anticancer Research34: 455–464.
  4. Jump up to:a b c Guang-quan, Li; Xing-gui, Chen; Xing-ping, Wu; Jing-dun, Xie; Yong-ju, Liang; Xiao-qin, Zhao; Wei-qiang, Chen; Li-wu, Fu (November 2012). “Effect of Dicycloplatin, a Novel Platinum Chemotherapeutical Drug, on Inhibiting Cell Growth and Inducing Cell Apoptosis”PLOS ONE7 (11): e48994. Bibcode:2012PLoSO…748994Ldoi:10.1371/journal.pone.0048994PMC 3495782PMID 23152837.
  5. ^ Li.S; Huang H; Liao H; Zhan J; Guo Y; Zou BY; Jiang WQ; Guan ZZ; Yang XQ (2015). “Phase I clinical trial of the novel platin complex dicycloplatin: clinical and pharmacokinetic results”. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics51 (2): 96–105. doi:10.5414/CP201761PMID 23127487.
  6. ^ Y., Xu Qing; J., Xiang Lin; S., Q.; TANG, Ka Luo; Y., Zhen Yun; Z., Xiao Feng; T., You Qi (June 2010). “Structural studies of dicycloplatin, an antitumor supramolecule”. Science China Chemistry53 (6): 1346–1351. doi:10.1007/s11426-010-3184-z.
  7. ^ R., Kumar; P.E., Herbert; A.N., Warrens (September 2005). “An introduction to death receptors in apoptosis”. International Journal of Surgery3 (4): 268–77. doi:10.1016/j.ijsu.2005.05.002PMID 17462297.
  8. ^ Yang, BF; Xiao, C; Li, H; Yang, SJ (2007). “Resistance to Fas-mediated apoptosis in malignant tumours is rescued by KN-93 and cisplatin via downregulation of cFLIP expression and phosphorylation”. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology34 (12): 1245–51. doi:10.1111/j.1440-1681.2007.04711.xPMID 17973862.
  9. ^ Blomgran, R; Zheng, L; Stendahl, O (2007). “Cathepsin-cleaved Bid promotes apoptosis in human neutrophils via oxidative stress-induced lysosomal membrane permeabilization”. Journal of Leukocyte Biology81 (5): 1213–23. doi:10.1189/jlb.0506359PMID 17264306.
  10. ^ Yin, XM (2006). “Bid, a BH3-only multi-functional molecule, is at the cross road of life and death”. Gene369: 7–19. doi:10.1016/j.gene.2005.10.038PMID 16446060.
  11. ^ Ott, M; Gogvadze, V; Orrenius, S; Zhivotovsky, B (May 2007). “Mitochondria, oxidative stress and cell death”. Apoptosis12 (5): 913–22. doi:10.1007/s10495-007-0756-2PMID 17453160.
Dicycloplatin
Dicycloplatin.png
Chemical structure of Dicycloplatin
Clinical data
Trade names Dicycloplatin
Synonyms Platinum(2+) 1-carboxycyclobutanecarboxylate ammoniate (1:2:2), 1,1-Cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid, compd. with (sp-4-2)-diammine(1,1-cyclobutanedi(carboxylato-kappaO)(2-))platinum (1:1)
Routes of
administration
Intravenous
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability 100% (IV)
Protein binding < 88.7%
Elimination half-life 24.49 – 108.93 hours
Excretion Renal
Identifiers
CAS Number
ChemSpider
UNII
Chemical and physical data
Formula C12H20N2O8Pt
Molar mass 515.382 g/mol
3D model (JSmol)

/////////////Dicycloplatin

C1CC(C1)(C(=O)O)C(=O)O.C1CC(C1)(C(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-].N.N.[Pt+2]

J-147

$
0
0

ChemSpider 2D Image | N-(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N'-[(E)-(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]acetohydrazide | C18H17F3N2O2

J147 structure.png

J-147

N-(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N’-[(E)-(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]acetohydrazide

  • Molecular FormulaC18H17F3N2O2
  • Average mass350.335 Da

2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid-1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide

Acetic acid, 2,2,2-trifluoro-, 1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(1E)-(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide

N-(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N’-[(E)-(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]acetohydrazide
[1146963-51-0]
1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide, 2,2,2-trifluoro-acetic acid
1146963-51-0 [RN] DOUBLE BOND GEOMETRY UNSPECIFIED

FDA UNII Z41H3C5BT9

Abrexa Pharmaceuticals, Dementia, Alzheimer’s type, PHASE1
Blanchette Rockefeller Neurosci Inst (Originator)
Salk Institute for Biological Studies (Originator)

Abrexa Pharmaceuticals is developing the oral curcumin derivative J-147 for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. A phase I clinical trial is under way in healthy young and older adults.

The Salk Institute for Biological Studies  and  Abrexa Pharmaceuticals  are developing J-147, a curcumin derivative  CNB-001 , and a 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor, for the oral treatment of Alzheimer’s disease (AD), aging and acute ischemic stroke; in January 2019, a phase I trial for AD was initiated.

J147 is an experimental drug with reported effects against both Alzheimer’s disease and ageing in mouse models of accelerated aging.[1][2][3][4]

The approach that lead to development of the J147 drug was to screen candidate molecules for anti-aging effects, instead of targeting the amyloid plaques. It is contrary to most other approaches to developing drugs against Alzheimer’s disease that target the plaque deposits in the brain.[5]

The J147 drug is also reported to address other biological aging factors, such as preventing the leakage of blood from microvessels in mice brains.[5] The development of J147 follows the chemical pharmacological way, contrary to biological ways that exploit e.g. use of bacteriophages.[6][7]

Enhanced neurogenic activity over J147 in human neural precursor cells has its derivative called CAD-31. CAD-31 is enhancing the use of free fatty acids for energy production by shifting of the metabolic profile of fatty acids toward the production of ketone bodies, a potent source of energy in the brain when glucose levels are low.[8]

The target molecule is a protein called ATP synthase, which is found in the mitochondria.[9]

Image result for J-147

PAPER

Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry (2015), 13(37), 9564-9569

https://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2015/OB/C5OB01463H#!divAbstract

A series of novel J147 derivatives were synthesized, and their inhibitory activities against β-amyloid (Aβ) aggregation and toxicity were evaluated by using the oligomer-specific antibody assay, the thioflavin-T fluorescence assay, and a cell viability assay in the transformed SH-SY5Y cell culture. Among the synthesized J147 derivatives, 3j with a 2,2-dicyanovinyl substituent showed the most potent inhibitory activity against Aβ42oligomerization (IC50 = 17.3 μM) and Aβ42 fibrillization (IC50 = 10.5 μM), and disassembled the preformed Aβ42 fibrils with an EC50 of 10.2 μM. Finally, we confirmed that 3j is also effective at preventing neurotoxicity induced by Aβ42-oligomers as well as Aβ42-fibrils.

Graphical abstract: Dicyanovinyl-substituted J147 analogue inhibits oligomerization and fibrillation of β-amyloid peptides and protects neuronal cells from β-amyloid-induced cytotoxicity
http://www.rsc.org/suppdata/c5/ob/c5ob01463h/c5ob01463h1.pdf
Synthesis of (E)-N-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N’-(3-methoxybenzylidene)- 32 acetohydrazide (3a). To a solution of 3-methoxybenzaldehyde (1a) (0.10 g, 0.7 mmol) in EtOH (10 33 mL) was added (2,4-dimethylphenyl)hydrazine hydrochloride (0.13 g, 0.7 mmol), and the resulting 34 mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature (RT). After the reaction, the mixture was concentrated 35 under reduced pressure to yield the corresponding benzylidenehydrazine, which was used for the next 36 step without further purification. The intermediate benzylidenehydrazine was dissolved in CH2Cl2, 37 and the resulting solution was treated with Et3N (0.3 mL, 2.2 mmol). Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.1 38 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added to this solution in drops at 0 °C. After stirring for 1 h, the mixture was 39 concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on 40 silica gel (8:1 = hexanes:ether) to yield 3a (0.12 g, 0.3 mmol, 47% yield) as a yellow solid:
1H NMR 41 (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.29-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J 42 = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (ddd, J = 8.1, 2.2,0.8 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H);
13C NMR 43 (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 160.7, 158.9 (q, J = 36.4 Hz), 155.0, 143.4, 143.1, 142.3, 137.7, 134.4, 130.9, 44 130.8, 130.6, 129.9, 123.5, 123.0, 118.4 (q, J = 287.3 Hz), 113.8, 57.4, 23.5, 19.1;
LC-MS (ESI) m/z found 373.2 [M + Na]+ , calcd for C18H17F3N2O2Na 373.1.

PAPER

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960894X12014746

Figure 1. Chemical structures of previously developed [11C]PIB, [18F]Amyvid and [18F]-T808, and newly developed [11C]J147.

Scheme 1. Synthesis of the reference standard J147 (2).

PRODUCT PATENT

WO2009052116

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2009052116&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION

PATENT

WO-2019164997

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2019164997&tab=PCTDESCRIPTION&_cid=P20-K07KTW-29673-1

A process for preparing crystalline Form II of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid-1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide (J-147; 98% of purity) comprising the steps of providing a slurry containing saturated amorphous or crystalline Form I of J-147 and mixing the slurry to obtain the crystalline Form II of J147. Also claimed are processes for preparing the crystalline Form I of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid-1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide. Further claimed are isolation of the crystalline Form II and I of  2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid-1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene]hydrazide. The compound is disclosed to be a neurotrophic agent and known to be a Trkb receptor agonist, useful for treating neurodegenerative disease, such as aging and motor neurone disease.

The present disclosure relates to polymorph forms of a pharmaceutical active agent. In particular, the present disclosure relates to polymorph forms of neuroprotective agent 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid l-(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene] hydrazide (J147).

[0002] 2,2,2 -trifluoroacetic acid l-(2,4-Dimethylphenyl)-2-[(3-methoxyphenyl)methylene] hydrazide (J147) is a potent orally active neurotrophic agent discovered during screening for efficacy in cellular models of age-associated pathologies and has a structure given by Formula I:

[0003] J147 is broadly neuroprotective, and exhibited activity in assays indicating distinct neurotoxicity pathways related to aging and neurodegenerative diseases, with EC50 between 10 and 200 nM. It has been indicated to improve memory in normal rodents, and prevent the loss of synaptic proteins and cognitive decline in a transgenic AD mouse model.

Furthermore, it has displayed neuroprotective, neuroanti-inflammatory, and LTP-enhancing activity.

[0004] The neurotrophic and nootropic effects have been associated with increases in BDNF levels and BDNF responsive proteins. Interestingly, despite this mechanism of action, Jl47’s neuroprotective effects have been observed to be independent of TrkB receptor activation.

J147 has been indicated to reduce soluble Ab40 and Ab42 levels, and it is currently being researched for potential applications in treating ALS.

The Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectrum is shown in Figure 4. Based on visual inspection the spectrum is consistent with structure. The Raman spectrum is in agreement with the FTIR spectrum and is shown in Figure 5. The proton NMR data is consistent with the structure of J147 and is shown in Figure 6. The proton NMR data is also shown in tabulated form in Table B below.

Table B 

EXAMPLE OF PREPARATION OF FORM II OF J 147

Batch Process: About 100 kg of crude J147 from its synthetic preparation was evaporated twice from about 80 kg of ethanol. The crude product was taken up in about 48 kg of ethanol and the batch temperature was adjusted to 28 °C. About 37 kg of water was added gradually to the batch. The batch was held at about 30 °C for about 1.7 hours. A sample of the batch was pulled from the reactor and solids precipitated by addition of 45 mL of water. The solids obtained were added back to the batch as seed crystals and the mixture stirred for 40 minutes at 30 °C. An additional about 34 kg of water was added. The batch was held at about 18 °C for about 58 hours and then cooled to about 10 °C for another about 5.5 hours. Analysis of the resultant solids indicated the presence of Form I. Form I was converted to Form II by heating the slurry to about 45 °C for about 16 hours and then cooling back to about 10 °C and holding the batch at this temperature for about 3 hours about 17.7 kg of solid Form II of J147 were recovered by filtration after washing and drying.

CLIP

https://cen.acs.org/articles/90/i31/Tumeric-Derived-Compound-Curcumin-Treat.html

Turmeric-Derived Compound Curcumin May Treat Alzheimer’s

Curry chemical shows promise for treating the memory-robbing disease
Tumeric roots sit on a pile of powered turmeric, both are an intense, warm yellow.
CURRY WONDER
Curcumin, derived from the rootstalk of the turmeric plant, not only gives Indian dishes their color but might treat Alzheimer’s.
Credit: Shutterstock

More than 5 million people in the U.S. currently live with Alzheimer’s disease. And according to the Alz­heimer’s Association, the situation is only going to get worse.

By 2050, the nonprofit estimates, up to 16 million Americans will have the memory-robbing disease. It will cost the U.S. $1.1 trillion annually to care for them unless a successful therapy is found.

Pharmaceutical companies have invested heavily in developing Alzheimer’s drugs, many of which target amyloid-β, a peptide that misfolds and clumps in the brains of patients. But so far, no amyloid-β-targeted medications have been successful. Expectation for the most advanced drugs—bapineu­zumab from Pfizer and Johnson & Johnson and solanezumab from Eli Lilly & Co.—are low on the basis of lackluster data from midstage clinical trials. That sentiment was reinforced last week when bapineuzumab was reported to have failed the first of four Phase III studies.

Even if these late-stage hopefuls do somehow work, they won’t come cheap, says Gregory M. Cole, a neuroscientist at the University of California, Los Angeles. These drugs “would cost patients tens of thousands of dollars per year,” he estimates. That hefty price tag stems from bapineuzumab and solanezumab being costly-to-manufacture monoclonal antibodies against amyloid-β.

“There’s a great need for inexpensive Alzheimer’s treatments,” as well as a backup plan if pharma fails, says Larry W. Baum, a professor in the School of Pharmacy at the Chinese University of Hong Kong. As a result, he says, a great many researchers have turned their attention to less pricy alternatives, such as compounds from plants and other natural sources.

Curcumin, a spice compound derived from the rootstalk of the turmeric plant (Curcuma longa), has stood out among some of the more promising naturally derived candidates.

When administered to mice that develop Alzheimer’s symptoms, curcumin decreases inflammation and reactive oxygen species in the rodents’ brains, researchers have found. The compound also inhibits the aggregation of troublesome amyloid-β strands among the animals’ nerve cells. But the development of curcumin as an Alzheimer’s drug has been stymied, scientists say, both by its low uptake in the body and a lack of funds for effective clinical trials—obstacles researchers are now trying to overcome.

In addition to contributing to curry dishes’ yellow color and pungent flavor, curcumin has been a medicine in India for thousands of years. Doctors practicing traditional Hindu medicine admire turmeric’s active ingredient for its anti-inflammatory properties and have used it to treat patients for ailments including digestive disorders and joint pain.

Only in the 1970s did Western researchers catch up with Eastern practices and confirm curcumin’s anti-inflammatory properties in the laboratory. Scientists also eventually determined that the polyphenolic compound is an antioxidant and has chemotherapeutic activity.

Molecular structures of Curcumin and J147.

Bharat B. Aggarwal, a professor at the University of Texas M. D. Anderson Cancer Center, says curcumin is an example of a pleiotropic agent: It has a number of different effects and interacts with many targets and biochemical pathways in the body. He and his group have discovered that one important molecule targeted and subsequently suppressed by curcumin is NF-κB, a transcription factor that switches on the body’s inflammatory response when activated (J. Biol. Chem.,DOI: 10.1074/jbc.270.42.24995).

Aside from NF-κB, curcumin seems to interact with several other molecules in the inflammatory pathway, a biological activity that Aggarwal thinks is advantageous. “All chronic diseases are caused by dysregulation of multiple targets,” he says. “Chemists don’t yet know how to design a drug that hits multiple targets.” With curcumin, “Mother Nature has already provided a compound that does so.”

Curcumin’s pleiotropy also brought it to the attention of UCLA’s Cole during the early 1990s while he was searching for possible Alzheimer’s therapeutics. “That was before we knew about amyloid-β” and its full role in Alzheimer’s, he says. “We were working on the disease from an oxidative damage and inflammation point of view—two processes implicated in aging.”

When Cole and his wife, Sally A. Frautschy, also at UCLA, searched the literature for compounds that could tackle both of these age-related processes, curcumin jumped out at them. It also didn’t hurt that the incidence of Alz­heimer’s in India, where large amounts of curcumin are consumed regularly, is lower than in other parts of the developing world (Lancet Neurol., DOI: 10.1016/s1474-4422(08)70169-8).

In 2001, Cole, Frautschy, and colleagues published the first papers that demonstrated curcumin’s potential to treat neurodegenerative disease (Neurobiol. Aging, DOI: 10.1016/s0197-4580(01)00300-1J. Neurosci.2001, 8370). The researchers studied the effects of curcumin on rats that had amyloid-β injected into their brains, as well as mice engineered to develop amyloid brain plaques. In both cases, curcumin suppressed oxidative tissue damage and reduced amyloid-β deposits.

Those results, Cole says, “turned us into curcumin-ologists.”

Although the UCLA team observed that curcumin decreased amyloid plaques in animal models, at the time, the researchers weren’t sure of the molecular mechanism involved.

Soon after the team’s first results were published, Cole recalls, a colleague brought to his attention the structural similarity between curcumin and the dyes used to stain amyloid plaques in diseased brain tissue. When Cole and Frautschy tested the spice compound, they saw that it, too, could stick to aggregated amyloid-β. “We thought, ‘Wow, not only is curcumin an antioxidant and an anti-inflammatory, but it also might be an anti-amyloid drug,’ ” he says.

In 2004, a group in Japan demonstrated that submicromolar concentrations of curcumin in solution could inhibit aggregation of amyloid-β and break up preformed fibrils of the stuff (J. Neurosci. Res., DOI: 10.1002/jnr.20025). Shortly after that, the UCLA team demonstrated the same (J. Biol. Chem., DOI: 10.1074/jbc.m404751200).

As an Alzheimer’s drug, however, it’s unclear how important it is that the spice compound inhibits amyloid-β aggregation, Cole says. “When you have something that’s so pleiotropic,” he adds, “it’s hard to know” which of its modes of action is most effective.

Having multiple targets may be what helps curcumin have such beneficial, neuroprotective effects, says David R. Schubert, a neurobiologist at the Salk Institute for Biological Studies, in La Jolla, Calif. But its pleiotropy can also be a detriment, he contends.

The pharmaceutical world, Schubert says, focuses on designing drugs aimed at hitting single-target molecules with high affinity. “But we don’t really know what ‘the’ target for curcumin is,” he says, “and we get knocked for it on grant requests.”

Another problem with curcumin is poor bioavailability. When ingested, UCLA’s Cole says, the compound gets converted into other molecular forms, such as curcumin glucuronide or curcumin sulfate. It also gets hydrolyzed at the alkaline and neutral pHs present in many areas of the body. Not much of the curcumin gets into the bloodstream, let alone past the blood-brain barrier, in its pure, active form, he adds.

Unfortunately, neither Cole nor Baum at the Chinese University of Hong Kong realized the poor bioavailability until they had each launched a clinical trial of curcumin. So the studies showed no significant difference between Alzheimer’s patients taking the spice compound and those taking a placebo (J. Clin. Psychopharma­col., DOI: 10.1097/jcp.0b013e318160862c).

“But we did show curcumin was safe for patients,” Baum says, finding a silver lining to the blunder. “We didn’t see any adverse effects even at high doses.”

Some researchers, such as Salk’s Schubert, are tackling curcumin’s low bioavailability by modifying the compound to improve its properties. Schubert and his group have come up with a molecule, called J147, that’s a hybrid of curcumin and cyclohexyl-bisphenol A. Like Cole and coworkers, they also came upon the compound not by initially screening for the ability to interact with amyloid-β, but by screening for the ability to alleviate age-related symptoms.

The researchers hit upon J147 by exposing cultured Alzheimer’s nerve cells to a library of compounds and then measuring changes to levels of biomarkers for oxidative stress, inflammation, and nerve growth. J147 performed well in all categories. And when given to mice engineered to accumulate amyloid-β clumps in their brains, the hybrid molecule prevented memory loss and reduced formation of amyloid plaques over time (PLoS One, DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0027865).

Other researchers have tackled curcumin’s poor bioavailability by reformulating it. Both Baum and Cole have encapsulated curcumin in nanospheres coated with either polymers or lipids to protect the compound from modification after ingestion. Cole tells C&EN that by packaging the curcumin in this way, he and his group have gotten micromolar quantities of it into the bloodstream of humans. The researchers are now preparing for a small clinical trial to test the formulation on patients with mild cognitive impairment, who are at an increased risk of developing Alzheimer’s.

An early-intervention human study such as this one comes with its own set of challenges, Cole says. People with mild cognitive impairment “have good days and bad days,” he says. A large trial over a long period would be the best way to get any meaningful data, he adds.

Such a trial can cost up to $100 million, a budget big pharma might be able to scrape together but that is far out of reach for academics funded by grants, Cole says. “If you’re down at the level of what an individual investigator can do, you’re running a small trial,” he says, “and even if the result is positive, it might be inconclusive” because of its small size or short duration. That’s one of the reasons the curcumin work is slow-going, Cole contends.

The lack of hard clinical evidence isn’t stopping people from trying curcumin anyway. Various companies are selling the spice compound as a dietary supplement, both in its powdered form and in nanoformulations such as the ones Cole and Baum are working with. Indiana-based Verdure Sciences, for instance, licensed a curcumin nanoformulation from UCLA and sells it under the name Longvida (about $1.00 to $2.00 per capsule, depending on the distributor).

“There’s no proof that it works,” Cole says. “If you want to take it, you’re experimenting on yourself.” And he cautions that correct dosing for this more bioavailable form of curcumin hasn’t yet been established, so there could be safety concerns.

But on the basis of positive e-mails he’s received from caregivers and Alzheimer’s patients who are desperate for options and trying supplements, “I have some hope,” Cole says. “Maybe there’s something to curcumin after all.”

CLIP

J 147 powder

Raw J 147 powder basic Characters

Name: J 147 powder
CAS: 1146963-51-0
Molecular Formula: C18H17F3N2O2
Molecular Weight: 350.3349896
Melt Point: 177-178°C
Storage Temp: 4°C
Color: White or off white powder

Raw J 147 powder in enhance brain function and an extra boost cycle

Names

J 147 powder

J 147 (1146963-51-0) Usage dosage

Using a drug discovery scheme for Alzheimer’s disease (AD) that is based upon multiple pathologies of old age, we identified a potent compound with efficacy in rodent memory and AD animal models. Since this compound, J-147 powder, is a phenyl hydrazide, there was concern that it can be metabolized to aromatic amines/hydrazines that are potentially carcinogenic. To explore this possibility, we examined the metabolites of J 147 powder in human and mouse microsomes and mouse plasma. It is shown that J-147(1146963-51-0) powder is not metabolized to aromatic amines or hydrazines, that the scaffold is exceptionally stable, and that the oxidative metabolites are also neuroprotective. It is concluded that the major metabolites of J 147(1146963-51-0) powder may contribute to its biological activity in animals.
J 147 , derived from the curry spice component curcumin, has low toxicity and actually reverses damage in neurons associated with Alzheimer’s.

J 147 (1146963-51-0) was the mitochondrial protein known as ATP synthase, specifically ATP5A, a subunit of that protein. ATP synthase is involved in the mitochondrial generation of ATP, which cells use for energy.

The researchers demonstrated that by reducing the activity of ATP synthase, they were able to protect neuronal cells from a number of toxicities associated with the aging of the brain. One reason for this neuroprotective effect is thought to be the role of excitotoxicity in neuronal cell damage.

Excitotoxicity is the pathological process by which neurons are damaged and killed by the overactivation of receptors for the excitatory neurotransmitter glutamate. Think of it being a bit like a light switch being turned on and off so rapidly that it ends up causing the light bulb to blow.

Recently, the role of ATP synthase inhibition for neuroprotection against excitotoxic damage was demonstrated in a mouse study[4]. The second study showed that mouse models expressing the human form of mutant ATPase inhibitory factor 1 (hIF1), which causes a sustained inhibition of ATP synthase, were more resilient to neuronal death after excitotoxic damage. This data is consistent with this new J 147 powder study, in which an increase in IF1 in the mice reduced the activity of ATP synthase (specifically ATP5A) and was neuroprotective.

Warning on Raw J 147 powder

Data presented here demonstrate that J-147 powder has the ability to rescue cognitive deficits when administered at a late stage in the disease. The ability of J-147 powder to improve memory in aged AD mice is correlated with its induction of the neurotrophic factors NGF (nerve growth factor) and BDNF (brain derived neurotrophic factor) as well as several BDNF-responsive proteins which are important for learning and memory. The comparison between J-147(1146963-51-0) powder and donepezil in the scopolamine model showed that while both compounds were comparable at rescuing short term memory, J-147 powder was superior at rescuing spatial memory and a combination of the two worked best for contextual and cued memory.

Further instructions

Alzheimer’s disease is a progressive brain disorder, recently ranked as the third leading cause of death in the United States and affecting more than five million Americans. It is also the most common cause of dementia in older adults, according to the National Institutes of Health. While most drugs developed in the past 20 years target the amyloid plaque deposits in the brain (which are a hallmark of the disease), few have proven effective in the clinic.

“While most drugs developed in the past 20 years target the amyloid plaque deposits in the brain (which are a hallmark of the disease), none have proven effective in the clinic,” says Schubert, senior author of the study.

Several years ago, Schubert and his colleagues began to approach the treatment of the disease from a new angle. Rather than target amyloid, the lab decided to zero in on the major risk factor for the disease–old age. Using cell-based screens against old age-associated brain toxicities, they synthesized J 147(1146963-51-0) powder.

Previously, the team found that J-147 powder could prevent and even reverse memory loss and Alzheimer’s pathology in mice that have a version of the inherited form of Alzheimer’s, the most commonly used mouse model. However, this form of the disease comprises only about 1 percent of Alzheimer’s cases. For everyone else, old age is the primary risk factor, says Schubert. The team wanted to explore the effects of the drug candidate on a breed of mice that age rapidly and experience a version of dementia that more closely resembles the age-related human disorder.

Raw J-147 powder (1146963-51-0) hplc≥98% | AASraw SARMS powder

References

  1. ^ “Experimental drug targeting Alzheimer’s disease shows anti-aging effects” (Press release). Salk Institute. 12 November 2015. Retrieved November 13, 2015.
  2. ^ Chen Q, Prior M, Dargusch R, Roberts A, Riek R, Eichmann C, Chiruta C, Akaishi T, Abe K, Maher P, Schubert D (14 December 2011). “A novel neurotrophic drug for cognitive enhancement and Alzheimer’s disease”PLoS One6 (12): e27865. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0027865PMC 3237323PMID 22194796.
  3. ^ Currais A, Goldberg J, Farrokhi C, Chang M, Prior M, Dargusch R, Daugherty D, Armando A, Quehenberger O, Maher P, Schubert D (11 November 2015). “A comprehensive multiomics approach toward understanding the relationship between aging and dementia” (PDF)Aging7 (11): 937–55. doi:10.18632/aging.100838PMC 4694064PMID 26564964.
  4. ^ Prior M, Dargusch R, Ehren JL, Chiruta C, Schubert D (May 2013). “The neurotrophic compound J147 reverses cognitive impairment in aged Alzheimer’s disease mice”Alzheimer’s Research & Therapy5 (3): 25. doi:10.1186/alzrt179PMC 3706879PMID 23673233.
  5. Jump up to:a b Brian L. Wang (13 November 2015). “Experimental drug targeting Alzheimer’s disease shows anti-aging effects in animal tests”nextbigfuture.com. Retrieved November 16, 2015.
  6. ^ Krishnan R, Tsubery H, Proschitsky MY, Asp E, Lulu M, Gilead S, Gartner M, Waltho JP, Davis PJ, Hounslow AM, Kirschner DA, Inouye H, Myszka DG, Wright J, Solomon B, Fisher RA (2014). “A bacteriophage capsid protein provides a general amyloid interaction motif (GAIM) that binds and remodels misfolded protein assemblies”. Journal of Molecular Biology426: 2500–19. doi:10.1016/j.jmb.2014.04.015PMID 24768993.
  7. ^ Solomon B (October 2008). “Filamentous bacteriophage as a novel therapeutic tool for Alzheimer’s disease treatment”. Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease15 (2): 193–8. PMID 18953108.
  8. ^ Daugherty, D., Goldberg, J., Fischer, W., Dargusch, R., Maher, P., & Schubert, D. (2017). A novel Alzheimer’s disease drug candidate targeting inflammation and fatty acid metabolism. Alzheimer’s research & therapy, 9(1), 50. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13195-017-0277-3
  9. ^ “Researchers identify the molecular target of J147, which is nearing clinical trials to treat Alzheimer’s disease”. Retrieved 2018-01-30.
J147
J147 structure.png
Legal status
Legal status
Identifiers
CAS Number
PubChem CID
ChemSpider
Chemical and physical data
Formula C18H17F3N2O2
Molar mass 350.341 g·mol−1
3D model (JSmol)

////////////J-147, J 147, J147, Alzheimer’s disease, neurotrophic agent, The Salk Institute for Biological Studies,  Abrexa Pharmaceuticals, PHASE 1, CURCUMIN

str1

CAS 1417911-00-2

  • Acetic acid, 2,2,2-trifluoro-, 1-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-2-[[3-(methoxy-11C)phenyl]methylene]hydrazide
Viewing all 2871 articles
Browse latest View live


<script src="https://jsc.adskeeper.com/r/s/rssing.com.1596347.js" async> </script>